TW202340381A - Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device - Google Patents

Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202340381A
TW202340381A TW112104891A TW112104891A TW202340381A TW 202340381 A TW202340381 A TW 202340381A TW 112104891 A TW112104891 A TW 112104891A TW 112104891 A TW112104891 A TW 112104891A TW 202340381 A TW202340381 A TW 202340381A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
partition walls
light
resin composition
pigment
substrate
Prior art date
Application number
TW112104891A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
飯塚英祐
諏訪充史
谷野貴広
Original Assignee
日商東麗股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商東麗股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商東麗股份有限公司
Publication of TW202340381A publication Critical patent/TW202340381A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/22Exposing sequentially with the same light pattern different positions of the same surface
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/33Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements being semiconductor devices, e.g. diodes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • G09F9/35Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements being liquid crystals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/50Wavelength conversion elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L33/00Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof
    • H01L33/48Semiconductor devices with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier specially adapted for light emission; Processes or apparatus specially adapted for the manufacture or treatment thereof or of parts thereof; Details thereof characterised by the semiconductor body packages
    • H01L33/58Optical field-shaping elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/10Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of electroluminescent light sources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/12Light sources with substantially two-dimensional radiating surfaces
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a resin composition that enables the formation of a gray partitioning wall having both of high reflectivity of entire visible light and high light-blocking properties even under a low-temperature heating condition of about 100 to 120 DEG C, at relatively low cost. Provided is a resin composition comprising a resin, a photosensitizing agent, a white pigment, a yellow precursor compound and a light-blocking pigment, the resin composition being characterized in that the light-blocking pigment comprises a blue pigment and a violet pigment.

Description

樹脂組成物、遮光膜、遮光膜的製造方法及帶隔壁的基板、顯示裝置Resin composition, light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, substrate with partition walls, and display device

本發明是有關於一種樹脂組成物、由樹脂組成物形成的遮光膜、遮光膜的製造方法及具有經圖案形成的隔壁的帶隔壁的基板、以及顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a light-shielding film formed of the resin composition, a method for manufacturing the light-shielding film, a substrate with partition walls having patterned partition walls, and a display device.

近年來,作為提高了光利用效率的彩色顯示裝置,提出有包括包含波長變換用螢光體的波長變換部、偏光分離機構及偏光變換機構的彩色顯示裝置(例如參照專利文獻1)。例如提出有如下彩色顯示裝置,包括:藍色光源、液晶元件、以及波長變換部,所述波長變換部具有受藍色光激發而發出紅色的螢光的螢光體、受藍色光激發而發出綠色的螢光的螢光體、以及使藍色光散射的光散射層(例如參照專利文獻2)。 但是,包含如專利文獻1、專利文獻2所記載般的顏色變換螢光體的彩色濾光片由於在所有方向上產生螢光,因此光的取出效率低,亮度不充分。特別是被稱為4K、8K的高精細顯示裝置中,畫素尺寸變小,因而亮度的課題顯著,因此要求更高的亮度。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻] In recent years, a color display device including a wavelength converting section including a wavelength converting phosphor, a polarization separation mechanism, and a polarization conversion mechanism has been proposed as a color display device with improved light utilization efficiency (for example, see Patent Document 1). For example, a color display device has been proposed that includes a blue light source, a liquid crystal element, and a wavelength converter including a phosphor that is excited by blue light and emits red phosphor, and a phosphor that is excited by blue light and emits green phosphor. A fluorescent phosphor and a light scattering layer that scatters blue light (for example, see Patent Document 2). However, a color filter containing a color-converting phosphor as described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 generates fluorescence in all directions, so the light extraction efficiency is low and the brightness is insufficient. In particular, in high-definition display devices called 4K and 8K, the pixel size becomes smaller, so the issue of brightness is significant, and therefore higher brightness is required. [Prior art documents] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2000-131683號公報 專利文獻2:日本專利特開2009-244383號公報 專利文獻3:日本專利特開2000-347394號公報 專利文獻4:日本專利特開2006-259421號公報 專利文獻5:國際公開第2020/008969號 專利文獻6:國際公開第2021/200357號 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-131683 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-244383 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-347394 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-259421 Patent Document 5: International Publication No. 2020/008969 Patent Document 6: International Publication No. 2021/200357

[發明所欲解決之課題] 一般而言,為了提高此種顯示裝置的亮度,有效的是提高隔開顏色變換螢光體的隔壁的反射率。另外,為了於鄰接畫素之間不產生光的混色,需要提高隔壁的遮光性。根據以上內容,要求兼具高反射性與遮光性的隔壁材料。 [Problem to be solved by the invention] Generally speaking, in order to increase the brightness of such a display device, it is effective to increase the reflectivity of the partition wall that separates the color-converting phosphors. In addition, in order to prevent color mixing of light between adjacent pixels, it is necessary to improve the light-shielding properties of the partition walls. Based on the above, partition materials that have both high reflectivity and light-shielding properties are required.

為了形成兼具高反射性與高遮光性的隔壁,發明者等人首先研究了使用如下材料的方法,所述材料是於使用了表現出高反射率的氧化鈦白色顏料的白色隔壁材料中添加黑色顏料而成。但是,該方法中,曝光光整體被白色顏料與黑色顏料吸收,曝光時光無法到達膜的底部,圖案加工性差的課題變得明確。In order to form a partition wall that has both high reflectivity and high light-shielding properties, the inventors first studied a method of using a material that is added to a white partition material using a titanium oxide white pigment that exhibits high reflectivity. Made of black pigment. However, in this method, the entire exposure light is absorbed by the white pigment and the black pigment, so the exposure light cannot reach the bottom of the film, and the problem of poor pattern processability becomes clear.

因此,發明者等人設計出在製膜後進行圖案曝光的步驟時透過曝光光,於120℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下對曝光的膜進行加熱後,使遮光性上升的設計。另外,藉由使用如下的樹脂組成物,其含有:樹脂;有機金屬化合物,含有選自由銀、金、鉑及鈀所組成的群組中的至少一種金屬;光聚合起始劑或醌二疊氮化合物;以及溶媒,從而達成了該設計(參照專利文獻5)。特別是發現,若使用有機鈀化合物,則加熱後由於氧化鈀粒子的生成,膜有效率地黑色化,可見光的遮光性上升。另外發現,若使用有機銀化合物,則加熱後由於銀奈米粒子的生成,膜會黃色化,藍色光的遮光性會上升。Therefore, the inventors devised a design in which exposure light is transmitted during the step of pattern exposure after film formation, and the exposed film is heated at a temperature of 120° C. or more and 250° C. or less to increase the light-shielding property. In addition, by using the following resin composition, which contains: a resin; an organic metal compound containing at least one metal selected from the group consisting of silver, gold, platinum and palladium; a photopolymerization initiator or a quinone dihydride Nitrogen compound; and solvent, thereby achieving this design (see Patent Document 5). In particular, it was found that when an organic palladium compound is used, the film becomes black efficiently due to the formation of palladium oxide particles after heating, and the visible light shielding property is improved. In addition, it was found that if an organic silver compound is used, the film will turn yellow due to the formation of silver nanoparticles after heating, and the light-shielding property of blue light will increase.

進而,發明者等人發現藉由使用含有樹脂、光聚合起始劑或醌二疊氮化合物、白色顏料及/或遮光顏料、有機銀化合物及還原劑的樹脂組成物,還原劑促進銀奈米粒子的生成,即便於100℃~120℃左右的低溫加熱條件下,亦能夠形成耐候性優異、兼具藍色光的高遮光性與可見光整體的高反射性的隔壁(參照專利文獻6)。Furthermore, the inventors found that by using a resin composition containing a resin, a photopolymerization initiator or a quinonediazide compound, a white pigment and/or a shading pigment, an organic silver compound and a reducing agent, the reducing agent promotes the formation of silver nanoparticles. The particles are generated even under low-temperature heating conditions of about 100°C to 120°C, making it possible to form partition walls that have excellent weather resistance and have both high light-shielding properties for blue light and high reflectivity for the entire visible light (see Patent Document 6).

但是,該技術存在如下課題:藉由黃色的銀奈米粒子的生成,藍色光的遮光性提高,但綠色光~紅色光(波長區域500 nm~630 nm)的遮光性不提高。另外,之前敘述的使用有機鈀化合物的技術於有機鈀化合物價格昂貴的方面、以及於100℃~120℃左右的低溫加熱條件下無法生成氧化鈀粒子而遮光性不提高的方面存在課題。However, this technology has the following problem: the light-shielding property of blue light is improved by the formation of yellow silver nanoparticles, but the light-shielding property of green light to red light (wavelength range 500 nm to 630 nm) is not improved. In addition, the previously described technology using an organic palladium compound has problems in that the organic palladium compound is expensive and that palladium oxide particles cannot be generated under low-temperature heating conditions of about 100° C. to 120° C., so the light-shielding properties are not improved.

因此,本發明的目的在於比較廉價地提供一種即便於100℃~120℃左右的低溫加熱條件下亦能夠形成兼具可見光整體的高反射性與高遮光性的灰色隔壁的樹脂組成物。 [解決課題之手段] Therefore, an object of the present invention is to relatively inexpensively provide a resin composition capable of forming a gray partition wall having both high reflectivity for the entire visible light and high light-shielding properties even under low-temperature heating conditions of about 100°C to 120°C. [Means to solve the problem]

本申請案發明者等人進行努力研究,結果發現能夠形成兼具可見光整體的高反射性與高遮光性的灰色隔壁,從而達到了本發明。The inventors of the present application conducted diligent research and found that a gray partition wall that has both high reflectivity and high light-shielding properties for the entire visible light can be formed, leading to the achievement of the present invention.

即,本申請案發明如以下所述。 (1)一種樹脂組成物,含有樹脂、感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物及遮光顏料,所述樹脂組成物中,所述遮光顏料含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料。 (2)如(1)所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理。 (3)如(1)所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行處理。 (4)如(1)所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比為20/80~80/20。 (5)一種樹脂組成物,含有感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物,所述樹脂組成物的特徵在於,所述白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理。 (6)如(5)所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行處理。 (7)如(5)所述的樹脂組成物,更含有遮光顏料。 (8)如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述黃色前驅物化合物為有機銀化合物。 (9)如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物,含有還原劑。 (10)如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物,含有磷酸聚酯。 (11)一種遮光膜,是使如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物硬化而成。 (12)一種遮光膜的製造方法,包括:製膜步驟,於基底基板上塗佈如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物並乾燥而獲得乾燥膜;曝光步驟,對獲得的乾燥膜進行圖案曝光;顯影步驟,溶解去除曝光後的乾燥膜中可溶於顯影液的部分;以及加熱步驟,藉由對顯影後的乾燥膜進行加熱而使其硬化,所述遮光膜的製造方法中,於所述加熱步驟中,藉由將顯影後的乾燥膜於100℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下進行加熱,使利用鏡面反射(Specular Component Included,SCI)方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的b*值上升10以上。 (13)一種帶隔壁的基板,藉由如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中,波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率為20%~50%的範圍內,並且波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的每10 μm厚度的光學密度(optical density,OD)值為1.5~3.0的範圍內。 (14)一種帶隔壁的基板,藉由如(1)或(5)所述的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中,利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值為50~70,a*值為-5.0~5.0,b*值為-5.0~5.0。 (15)一種帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中,所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 (16)如(13)所述的帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中,所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 (17)如(14)所述的帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中,所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 (18)如(13)所述的帶隔壁的基板,更具有由所述(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁隔開而排列的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層。 (19)如(18)所述的帶隔壁的基板,其中於所述基底基板與(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層之間更具有厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片。 (20)一種顯示裝置,包括:如(13)所述的帶隔壁的基板;以及選自液晶單元、有機電致發光單元、迷你發光二極體單元及微型發光二極體單元中的發光光源。 [發明的效果] That is, the invention of this application is as follows. (1) A resin composition containing a resin, a photosensitizer, a white pigment, a yellow precursor compound, and a light-shielding pigment. In the resin composition, the light-shielding pigment contains a blue pigment and a purple pigment. (2) The resin composition according to (1), wherein the white pigment is treated with at least one selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 and ZrO 2 . (3) The resin composition according to (1), wherein the white pigment is treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . (4) The resin composition according to (1), wherein the weight ratio of the blue pigment to the purple pigment is 20/80 to 80/20. (5) A resin composition containing a photosensitizer, a white pigment, and a yellow precursor compound. The resin composition is characterized in that the white pigment is selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 At least one of ZrO 2 and ZrO 2 are processed. (6) The resin composition according to (5), wherein the white pigment is treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . (7) The resin composition as described in (5), further containing a light-shielding pigment. (8) The resin composition according to (1) or (5), wherein the yellow precursor compound is an organic silver compound. (9) The resin composition according to (1) or (5), containing a reducing agent. (10) The resin composition according to (1) or (5), containing phosphoric acid polyester. (11) A light-shielding film obtained by hardening the resin composition described in (1) or (5). (12) A method for manufacturing a light-shielding film, including: a film-making step, coating the resin composition as described in (1) or (5) on a base substrate and drying to obtain a dry film; and an exposure step, drying the obtained The film is subjected to pattern exposure; the development step is to dissolve and remove the portion of the exposed dry film that is soluble in the developer; and the heating step is to harden the developed dry film by heating it, and the manufacturing method of the light-shielding film In the heating step, by heating the developed dry film at a temperature between 100°C and 250°C, the film thickness per 10 μm measured by the specular reflection (Specular Component Included, SCI) method is The b* value rises by more than 10. (13) A substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate using the resin composition as described in (1) or (5), wherein the substrate with partition walls has: The reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is within the range of 20% to 50%, and the optical density (optical density, OD) per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm ) value is in the range of 1.5 to 3.0. (14) A substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate using the resin composition as described in (1) or (5), wherein the substrate with partition walls has: The L* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method is 50 to 70, the a* value is -5.0 to 5.0, and the b* value is -5.0 to 5.0. (15) A substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate. In the substrate with partition walls, the patterned partition walls contain a resin, a white pigment, a blue pigment, and Purple pigment, silver oxide and/or silver particles. (16) The substrate with partition walls as described in (13), which has (A-1) patterned partition walls on the base substrate, and in the substrate with partition walls, the patterned partition walls contain resin, white Pigments, blue and violet pigments, silver oxide and/or silver particles. (17) The substrate with partition walls as described in (14), which has (A-1) patterned partition walls on the base substrate, and in the substrate with partition walls, the patterned partition walls contain resin, white Pigments, blue and violet pigments, silver oxide and/or silver particles. (18) The substrate with partition walls as described in (13), further comprising (B) a pixel layer containing a color-converting luminescent material arranged and separated by the patterned partition walls of (A-1). (19) The substrate with partition walls as described in (18), further comprising a color filter with a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm between the base substrate and (B) the pixel layer containing the color-converting luminescent material. (20) A display device, including: the substrate with partition walls as described in (13); and a light-emitting light source selected from the group consisting of a liquid crystal unit, an organic electroluminescence unit, a mini-light-emitting diode unit and a micro-light-emitting diode unit. . [Effects of the invention]

本發明的樹脂組成物藉由含有樹脂、感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物、藍色顏料及紫色顏料,於製膜後進行圖案曝光的步驟時使曝光光透過,若將曝光後的膜於100℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下進行加熱,則於膜中生成黃色粒子,能夠形成兼具可見光整體的高反射性與高遮光性的微細厚膜灰色隔壁圖案。The resin composition of the present invention contains a resin, a photosensitizer, a white pigment, a yellow precursor compound, a blue pigment and a purple pigment, and allows the exposure light to pass through during the step of pattern exposure after film formation. If the exposed film is Heating at a temperature of 100°C or more and 250°C or less produces yellow particles in the film, and a fine thick-film gray barrier pattern that has both high reflectivity and high light-shielding properties for the entire visible light can be formed.

以下,具體說明本發明的樹脂組成物、由樹脂組成物形成的遮光膜、遮光膜的製造方法以及帶隔壁的基板的較佳實施方式,但本發明不限定於以下的實施方式,可根據目的或用途進行各種變更來實施。Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the resin composition, the light-shielding film formed from the resin composition, the light-shielding film manufacturing method, and the substrate with partition walls of the present invention will be specifically described. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments and can be modified according to the purpose. Or use various changes to implement.

本發明的樹脂組成物可較佳地用作用於形成將顏色變換螢光體或選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元、微型LED單元中的發光光源等隔開的隔壁的材料。本發明的樹脂組成物是含有樹脂、感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物及遮光顏料的樹脂組成物,且是所述遮光顏料含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料的樹脂組成物。The resin composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a material for forming partition walls that separate color-changing phosphors or light-emitting sources selected from organic EL units, mini-LED units, micro-LED units, and the like. The resin composition of the present invention contains a resin, a photosensitizer, a white pigment, a yellow precursor compound, and a light-shielding pigment, and the light-shielding pigment contains a blue pigment and a purple pigment.

另外,本發明的樹脂組成物是含有感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物的樹脂組成物,且是所述白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理的樹脂組成物。該樹脂組成物較佳為更含有遮光顏料。 In addition, the resin composition of the present invention is a resin composition containing a photosensitizer, a white pigment, and a yellow precursor compound, and the white pigment is made by at least one selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 A resin composition treated with ZrO2 . The resin composition preferably further contains a light-shielding pigment.

樹脂 樹脂具有提高隔壁的耐裂紋性及耐光性的功能。就提高熱處理中的隔壁的耐裂紋性的觀點而言,樹脂於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為10重量%以上,更佳為20重量%以上。另一方面,就提高耐光性的觀點而言,樹脂於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為60重量%以下,更佳為50重量%以下。此處,所謂固體成分,是指於樹脂組成物所含的成分中,去除溶媒等揮發性成分後的全部成分。固體成分的量可藉由測定對樹脂組成物進行加熱而使揮發性成分蒸發後的剩餘成分來求出。 作為樹脂,例如可列舉聚矽氧烷、聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯並噁唑、聚苯並噁唑前驅物、(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物等。此處,所謂(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物,是指甲基丙烯酸酯及/或丙烯酸酯的聚合物。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就耐熱性及耐光性優異的方面而言,較佳為聚矽氧烷。 Resin Resin has the function of improving the crack resistance and light resistance of partition walls. From the viewpoint of improving the crack resistance of the partition walls during heat treatment, the content of the resin in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 20% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving light resistance, the content of the resin in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less. Here, the solid content refers to all the components contained in the resin composition excluding volatile components such as solvents. The amount of solid content can be determined by measuring the remaining components after heating the resin composition to evaporate the volatile components. Examples of the resin include polysiloxane, polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, polybenzoxazole precursor, (meth)acrylic acid polymer, and the like. Here, the (meth)acrylic polymer refers to a polymer of methacrylate and/or acrylate. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, polysiloxane is preferred in terms of excellent heat resistance and light resistance.

聚矽氧烷是有機矽烷的水解、脫水縮合物。於本發明的樹脂組成物具有負型感光性的情況下,聚矽氧烷較佳為至少含有下述通式(1)所表示的重複單元。亦可更含有其他重複單元。藉由含有通式(1)所表示的源自二官能烷氧基矽烷化合物的重複單元,可抑制由加熱引起的聚矽氧烷的過度的熱聚合(縮合),可提高隔壁的耐裂紋性。於聚矽氧烷中的全部重複單元中,較佳為含有10莫耳%~80莫耳%的通式(1)所表示的重複單元。藉由含有10莫耳%以上的通式(1)所表示的重複單元,可進一步提高耐裂紋性。通式(1)所表示的重複單元的含量更佳為12.5莫耳%以上,進而佳為15莫耳%以上。另一方面,藉由含有80莫耳%以下的通式(1)所表示的重複單元,可於聚合時充分提高聚矽氧烷的分子量,提高塗佈性。通式(1)所表示的重複單元的含量更佳為70莫耳%以下。Polysiloxane is the hydrolysis and dehydration condensation product of organosilane. When the resin composition of the present invention has negative photosensitivity, the polysiloxane preferably contains at least a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1). It may also contain other repeating units. By containing a repeating unit derived from a bifunctional alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (1), excessive thermal polymerization (condensation) of polysiloxane caused by heating can be suppressed, and the crack resistance of the partition wall can be improved. . Among all the repeating units in the polysiloxane, it is preferable to contain 10 to 80 mol% of the repeating units represented by the general formula (1). By containing 10 mol% or more of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), the crack resistance can be further improved. The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) is more preferably 12.5 mol% or more, and further preferably 15 mol% or more. On the other hand, by containing 80 mol% or less of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1), the molecular weight of the polysiloxane can be sufficiently increased during polymerization, thereby improving the coatability. The content of the repeating unit represented by general formula (1) is more preferably 70 mol% or less.

[化1] [Chemical 1]

所述通式(1)中,R 1及R 2分別可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。就使聚合時的聚矽氧烷的分子量調整容易的觀點而言,R 1及R 2較佳為選自碳數1~6的烷基及碳數6~12的芳基中的基。其中,烷基及芳基的氫的至少一部分可被自由基聚合性基取代。該情況下,於負型感光性樹脂組成物的硬化物中,自由基聚合性基可進行自由基聚合。 In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different, respectively, and represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. From the viewpoint of making it easy to adjust the molecular weight of polysiloxane during polymerization, R 1 and R 2 are preferably groups selected from alkyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Among them, at least part of the hydrogens of the alkyl group and the aryl group may be substituted with a radically polymerizable group. In this case, in the cured material of the negative photosensitive resin composition, radical polymerizable groups can undergo radical polymerization.

聚矽氧烷較佳為更含有下述通式(2)所表示的重複單元。藉由含有通式(2)所表示的源自三官能烷氧基矽烷化合物的重複單元,製膜後聚矽氧烷的交聯密度變高,可提高膜的硬度及耐化學品性。於聚矽氧烷中的全部重複單元中,較佳為含有10莫耳%~80莫耳%的通式(2)所表示的重複單元。通式(2)所表示的重複單元的含量更佳為15莫耳%以上,進而佳為20莫耳%以上。另一方面,藉由含有80莫耳%以下的通式(2)所表示的重複單元,可抑制由加熱引起的聚矽氧烷的過度的熱聚合(縮合),提高隔壁的耐裂紋性。通式(2)所表示的重複單元的含量更佳為70莫耳%以下。The polysiloxane preferably further contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2). By containing repeating units derived from the trifunctional alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (2), the cross-linking density of the polysiloxane after film formation is increased, thereby improving the hardness and chemical resistance of the film. Among all the repeating units in the polysiloxane, it is preferable to contain 10 to 80 mol% of the repeating units represented by the general formula (2). The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is more preferably 15 mol% or more, and further preferably 20 mol% or more. On the other hand, by containing 80 mol% or less of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2), excessive thermal polymerization (condensation) of polysiloxane caused by heating can be suppressed, thereby improving the crack resistance of the partition wall. The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2) is more preferably 70 mol% or less.

[化2] [Chemicalization 2]

所述通式(2)中,R 3表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。聚矽氧烷中可包含兩種以上的具有不同R 3的通式(2)所表示的重複單元。就使聚合時的聚矽氧烷的分子量調整容易的觀點而言,R 3較佳為含有選自碳數1~6的烷基及碳數6~12的芳基中的基。其中,烷基及芳基的氫的至少一部分可被自由基聚合性基取代。該情況下,於負型感光性樹脂組成物的硬化物中,自由基聚合性基可進行自由基聚合。 In the general formula (2), R 3 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Polysiloxane may contain two or more repeating units represented by general formula (2) with different R3 . From the viewpoint of making it easy to adjust the molecular weight of polysiloxane during polymerization, R 3 preferably contains a group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Among them, at least part of the hydrogens of the alkyl group and the aryl group may be substituted with a radically polymerizable group. In this case, in the cured material of the negative photosensitive resin composition, radical polymerizable groups can undergo radical polymerization.

所述通式(1)及通式(2)所表示的重複單元分別源自下述通式(3)及通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物。即,含有所述通式(1)及通式(2)所表示的重複單元的聚矽氧烷可藉由對含有下述通式(3)及通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的烷氧基矽烷化合物進行水解及縮聚而獲得。亦可更使用其他烷氧基矽烷化合物。再者,通式(3)及通式(4)中,「-(OR 4) 2」及「-(OR 4) 3」的表記是指Si原子上分別鍵結有兩個及三個「-(OR 4)」。 The repeating units represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) are respectively derived from the alkoxysilane compounds represented by the following general formula (3) and the general formula (4). That is, the polysiloxane containing the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) can be obtained by adding an alkoxy group represented by the following general formula (3) and the general formula (4). An alkoxysilane compound of a silane compound is obtained by hydrolysis and polycondensation. Other alkoxysilane compounds may also be used. Furthermore, in general formula (3) and general formula (4), the expressions "-(OR 4 ) 2 " and "-(OR 4 ) 3 " mean that there are two and three "-(OR 4 ) 3 " bonded to the Si atom respectively. -(OR 4 )".

[化3] [Chemical 3]

所述通式(3)中,R 1~R 2表示與所述通式(1)中的R 1~R 2相同的基。所述通式(4)中,R 3表示與所述通式(2)中的R 3相同的基。所述通式(3)及通式(4)中,R 4可相同亦可不同,表示碳數1~20的一價有機基或氫,較佳為碳數1~6的烷基。 In the general formula (3), R 1 to R 2 represent the same groups as R 1 to R 2 in the general formula (1). In the general formula (4), R 3 represents the same group as R 3 in the general formula (2). In the general formula (3) and the general formula (4), R 4 may be the same or different, and represents a monovalent organic group or hydrogen having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

作為通式(3)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、二苯基二乙氧基矽烷、二苯基矽烷二醇、苯乙烯基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基乙基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基苯基二甲氧基矽烷、甲基苯基二乙氧基矽烷、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-二甲基乙氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-二甲基甲氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (3) include dimethyldimethoxysilane, dimethyldiethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, diphenyldimethoxysilane, and diphenyldimethoxysilane. Ethoxysilane, diphenylsilanediol, styrylmethyldimethoxysilane, styrylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-methacrylylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane , γ-methacrylylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane, γ-acrylylpropylmethyldimethoxysilane, γ-acrylylpropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- Glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethylmethyldimethoxy silane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethylethyldimethoxysilane, methylphenyldimethoxysilane, methylphenyldiethoxysilane, 3-dimethylsilane methylmethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3-dimethylethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-dimethylethoxysilane propionic acid, 3-dimethylmethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, etc. Two or more of these compounds may also be used.

作為通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉:甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、丙基三甲氧基矽烷、丙基三乙氧基矽烷、異丁基三甲氧基矽烷、異丁基三乙氧基矽烷、環己基三甲氧基矽烷、環己基三乙氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-乙基-3-{[3-(三甲氧基矽烷基)丙氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷、3-乙基-3-{[3-(三乙氧基矽烷基)丙氧基]甲基}氧雜環丁烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、1-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、2-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、2-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、2-萘基三甲氧基矽烷、甲苯基三甲氧基矽烷、甲苯基三乙氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三甲氧基矽烷、烯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-丙烯醯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-甲基丙烯醯基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙酸、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙酸、4-三甲氧基矽烷基丁酸、4-三乙氧基矽烷基丁酸、5-三甲氧基矽烷基戊酸、5-三乙氧基矽烷基戊酸、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基環己基二羧酸酐、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基鄰苯二甲酸酐、三氟丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三氟丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) include methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethyltrimethoxysilane, ethyltriethoxysilane, propylene Trimethoxysilane, propyltriethoxysilane, isobutyltrimethoxysilane, isobutyltriethoxysilane, cyclohexyltrimethoxysilane, cyclohexyltriethoxysilane, 3-ureido group Propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 2-(3 ,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxysilane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3-(trimethyl Oxysilyl)propoxy]methyl}oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-{[3-(triethoxysilyl)propoxy]methyl}oxetane, Phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, 1-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane, 2-naphthyltrimethoxysilane , tolyltrimethoxysilane, tolyltriethoxysilane, styryltrimethoxysilane, styryltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyl Trimethoxysilane, allyltriethoxysilane, γ-acrylylpropyltrimethoxysilane, γ-acrylylpropyltriethoxysilane, γ-methacrylpropyltrimethyl Oxysilane, γ-methacrylylpropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropionic acid, 3-triethoxysilylpropionic acid, 4-trimethoxysilylbutyric acid, 4-triethoxysilylbutyric acid, 5-trimethoxysilylvaleric acid, 5-triethoxysilylvaleric acid, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3-triethoxy Silylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylcyclohexyldicarboxylic anhydride Phthalic anhydride, 3-triethoxysilylpropylphthalic anhydride, trifluoropropyltrimethoxysilane, trifluoropropyltriethoxysilane, etc. Two or more of these compounds may also be used.

於本發明的樹脂組成物具有負型感光性的情況下,作為通式(3)及/或通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,較佳為含有至少一種含自由基聚合性基的烷氧基矽烷化合物。藉由含有含自由基聚合性基的烷氧基矽烷化合物,利用曝光部中產生的自由基來進行交聯反應,可提高曝光部的硬化度。另外,於本發明的樹脂組成物具有負型感光性的情況下,作為通式(3)及/或通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物,較佳為含有至少一種含羧基的烷氧基矽烷化合物。藉由含有含羧基的烷氧基矽烷化合物,未曝光部的溶解性提高,於圖案加工時可提高解析度。When the resin composition of the present invention has negative photosensitivity, the alkoxysilane compound represented by general formula (3) and/or general formula (4) preferably contains at least one radical-containing polymerizable compound. alkoxysilane compound. By containing an alkoxysilane compound containing a radically polymerizable group, the curing degree of the exposed portion can be increased by utilizing free radicals generated in the exposed portion to perform a crosslinking reaction. In addition, when the resin composition of the present invention has negative photosensitivity, the alkoxysilane compound represented by general formula (3) and/or general formula (4) preferably contains at least one carboxyl group-containing compound. Alkoxysilane compounds. By containing a carboxyl group-containing alkoxysilane compound, the solubility of the unexposed portion is improved, and the resolution can be improved during pattern processing.

進而,作為聚矽氧烷的原料,亦可含有其他烷氧基矽烷化合物。作為其他烷氧基矽烷化合物,例如可列舉四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、矽酸鹽51(四甲氧基矽烷寡聚物)等四官能烷氧基矽烷化合物等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Furthermore, as a raw material of polysiloxane, other alkoxysilane compounds may be included. Examples of other alkoxysilane compounds include tetrafunctional alkoxysilane compounds such as tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, and silicate 51 (tetramethoxysilane oligomer). Two or more of these compounds may also be used.

就使聚矽氧烷的所有重複單元中的通式(1)所表示的重複單元的含量為所述範圍內的觀點而言,作為聚矽氧烷的原料的烷氧基矽烷化合物中通式(3)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的含量較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為12.5莫耳%以上,進而佳為15莫耳%以上。另一方面,就同樣的觀點而言,通式(4)所表示的烷氧基矽烷化合物的含量較佳為80莫耳%以下,更佳為70莫耳%以下。From the viewpoint of making the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) in all the repeating units of the polysiloxane fall within the above range, the alkoxysilane compound that is the raw material of the polysiloxane has the general formula The content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by (3) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 12.5 mol% or more, and still more preferably 15 mol% or more. On the other hand, from the same viewpoint, the content of the alkoxysilane compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably 80 mol% or less, more preferably 70 mol% or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物中的聚矽氧烷較佳為具有苯乙烯基。藉由具有苯乙烯基,即便於85℃~120℃的低溫硬化條件下亦可充分地促進硬化。The polysiloxane in the resin composition of the present invention preferably has a styrene group. By having a styrene group, hardening can be fully accelerated even under low-temperature hardening conditions of 85°C to 120°C.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,聚矽氧烷的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,000以上,更佳為2,000以上。另一方面,就顯影性的觀點而言,聚矽氧烷的Mw較佳為500,000以下,更佳為300,000以下。此處,本發明中的聚矽氧烷的Mw是指利用凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算值。測定方法如後述的實施例中所記載般。From the viewpoint of coatability, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polysiloxane is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of developability, the Mw of polysiloxane is preferably 500,000 or less, more preferably 300,000 or less. Here, the Mw of polysiloxane in the present invention refers to the polystyrene-converted value measured by gel permeation chromatography (Gel Permeation Chromatography, GPC). The measurement method is as described in the Examples described later.

聚矽氧烷可藉由如下方式而獲得:於將所述有機矽烷化合物水解後,使該水解物於溶媒的存在下或無溶媒下進行脫水縮合反應。Polysiloxane can be obtained by hydrolyzing the organosilane compound and subjecting the hydrolyzate to a dehydration condensation reaction in the presence of a solvent or in the absence of a solvent.

感光劑 本發明的樹脂組成物於用於後述的隔壁(A-1)的圖案形成的情況下,較佳為具有負型或正型的感光性。為了賦予感光性,本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為含有感光劑。於賦予負型感光性的情況下,較佳為含有光聚合起始劑作為感光劑,可形成高精細的圖案形狀的隔壁。負型感光性樹脂組成物較佳為更含有光聚合性化合物。另一方面,於賦予正型感光性的情況下,較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物作為感光劑。 Sensitizer When the resin composition of the present invention is used for pattern formation of partition walls (A-1) described below, it is preferred that the resin composition has negative or positive photosensitivity. In order to impart photosensitivity, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photosensitizer. When imparting negative photosensitivity, it is preferable to contain a photopolymerization initiator as a photosensitizer so that a high-definition pattern-shaped partition wall can be formed. The negative photosensitive resin composition preferably further contains a photopolymerizable compound. On the other hand, when imparting positive photosensitivity, it is preferable to contain a quinonediazide compound as a photosensitizer.

光聚合起始劑只要藉由光(包括紫外線、電子束)的照射而分解及/或反應從而產生自由基,則可為任意的光聚合起始劑。例如可列舉:2-甲基-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉代丙烷-1-酮、2-二甲基胺基-2-(4-甲基苄基)-1-(4-嗎啉-4-基-苯基)-丁烷-1-酮、2-苄基-2-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉代苯基)-丁酮-1等α-胺基苯烷基酮化合物;2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基苯基氧化膦、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)-(2,4,4-三甲基戊基)-氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;1-苯基-1,2-丙二酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、1,2-辛二酮-1-[4-(苯硫基)-2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)]、1-苯基-1,2-丁酮-2-(O-甲氧基羰基)肟、1,3-二苯基丙烷三酮-2-(O-乙氧基羰基)肟、乙酮-1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-1-(O-乙醯基肟)等肟酯化合物;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、1-(4-異丙基苯基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷-1-酮、4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基-(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、1-羥基環己基-苯基酮等α-羥基酮化合物;2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2,3-二乙氧基苯乙酮、4-第三丁基二氯苯乙酮、苯亞甲基苯乙酮、4-疊氮基苯亞甲基苯乙酮等苯乙酮化合物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。The photopolymerization initiator may be any photopolymerization initiator as long as it decomposes and/or reacts by irradiation with light (including ultraviolet rays and electron beams) to generate free radicals. Examples include: 2-methyl-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-2-(4-methylbenzyl) -1-(4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan α-aminophenylalkyl ketone compounds such as ketone-1; 2,4,6-trimethylbenzylphenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylphenyl)-benzene 1-Phenyl-1, 2-propanedione-2-(O-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime, 1,2-octanedione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-2-(O-benzoyloxime)], 1-phenyl-1,2-butanone-2-(O-methoxycarbonyl)oxime, 1,3-diphenylpropanetrione-2-(O-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime, ethanone- 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-1-(O-acetyl oxime) and other oxime ester compounds; 2-hydroxy- 2-Methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy ) phenyl-(2-hydroxy-2-propyl) ketone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl-phenyl ketone and other α-hydroxy ketone compounds; 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2,3-diethyl ketone Oxyacetophenone, 4-tert-butyldichloroacetophenone, benzylideneacetophenone, 4-azidobenzylideneacetophenone and other acetophenone compounds. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

就有效果地進行自由基硬化的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物中的光聚合起始劑的含量於固體成分中較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制殘留的光聚合起始劑的溶出等的觀點而言,光聚合起始劑的含量於固體成分中較佳為20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。From the viewpoint of effectively performing radical curing, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing elution of the remaining photopolymerization initiator, etc., the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the solid content is preferably 20% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less.

本發明中的光聚合性化合物是指於分子中具有兩個以上的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物。若考慮自由基聚合性的容易性,則光聚合性化合物較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯酸基。The photopolymerizable compound in the present invention refers to a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in the molecule. In consideration of ease of radical polymerization, the photopolymerizable compound preferably has a (meth)acrylic acid group.

作為光聚合性化合物,例如可列舉:季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三甲基丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四甲基丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the photopolymerizable compound include pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, pentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

就有效果地進行自由基硬化的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物中的光聚合性化合物的含量於固體成分中較佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制自由基的過剩反應且提高解析度的觀點而言,光聚合性化合物的含量於固體成分中較佳為50重量%以下。From the viewpoint of effectively performing radical curing, the content of the photopolymerizable compound in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by weight or more in the solid content. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing excess reaction of radicals and improving resolution, the content of the photopolymerizable compound is preferably 50% by weight or less in the solid content.

作為醌二疊氮化合物,較佳為萘醌二疊氮的磺酸利用酯而鍵結於具有酚性羥基的化合物上的化合物。作為此處使用的具有酚性羥基的化合物,例如可列舉:Bis-Z、TekP-4HBPA(四P-DO-BPA)、TrisP-HAP、TrisP-PA、BisRS-2P、BisRS-3P(以上為商品名,本州化學工業(股)製造);BIR-PC、BIR-PTBP、BIR-BIPC-F(以上為商品名,旭有機材工業(股)製造);4,4'-磺醯基二苯酚、BPFL(商品名,JFE化學(股)製造)等。作為醌二疊氮化合物,較佳為於該些具有酚性羥基的化合物中利用酯鍵導入4-萘醌二疊氮磺酸或5-萘醌二疊氮磺酸的化合物,例如可列舉THP-17、TDF-517(商品名,東洋合成工業(股)製造)、SBF-525(商品名,安智電子材料(AZ Electronic Materials)(股)製造)等。As the quinonediazide compound, a compound in which a sulfonic acid naphthoquinonediazide is bonded to a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group using an ester is preferred. Examples of the compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group used here include Bis-Z, TekP-4HBPA (tetraP-DO-BPA), TrisP-HAP, TrisP-PA, BisRS-2P, and BisRS-3P (the above are Trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.); BIR-PC, BIR-PTBP, BIR-BIPC-F (the above are trade names, manufactured by Asahi Organic Materials Industry Co., Ltd.); 4,4'-sulfonyldidioic acid Phenol, BPFL (trade name, manufactured by JFE Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. The quinonediazide compound is preferably a compound in which 4-naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid or 5-naphthoquinonediazide sulfonic acid is introduced via an ester bond into a compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group. Examples thereof include THP. -17. TDF-517 (trade name, manufactured by Toyo Gosei Industry Co., Ltd.), SBF-525 (trade name, manufactured by AZ Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), etc.

就提高感度的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物中的醌二疊氮化合物的含量於固體成分中較佳為0.5重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就提高解析度的觀點而言,醌二疊氮化合物的含量於固體成分中較佳為25重量%以下,更佳為20重量%以下。From the viewpoint of improving sensitivity, the content of the quinonediazide compound in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.5% by weight or more in solid content, more preferably 1% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving resolution, the content of the quinonediazide compound in the solid content is preferably 25% by weight or less, more preferably 20% by weight or less.

白色顏料 本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有白色顏料。白色顏料具有進一步提高隔壁的反射率的功能。 white pigment The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains more white pigment. The white pigment has the function of further increasing the reflectivity of the partition wall.

作為白色顏料,例如可列舉二氧化鈦、氧化鋯、氧化鋅、硫酸鋇、該些的複合化合物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,較佳為反射率高且容易在工業上利用的二氧化鈦。Examples of white pigments include titanium dioxide, zirconium oxide, zinc oxide, barium sulfate, and composite compounds of these. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, titanium dioxide has high reflectivity and is easily industrially utilized.

二氧化鈦的結晶結構分為銳鈦礦型、金紅石型及板鈦礦型。該些中,就光觸媒活性低的方面而言,較佳為金紅石型氧化鈦。The crystal structure of titanium dioxide is divided into anatase type, rutile type and brookite type. Among these, rutile titanium oxide is preferable in terms of low photocatalytic activity.

亦可對白色顏料實施表面處理。較佳為利用選自Al、Si及Zr中的金屬進行表面處理,可提高形成的隔壁的耐光性及耐熱性。更佳為白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理,進而佳為白色顏料藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行表面處理。就耐光性及反射性的觀點而言,白色顏料進而佳為藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行了表面處理的二氧化鈦。 Surface treatment of white pigments is also possible. It is preferable to use a metal selected from Al, Si and Zr for surface treatment, which can improve the light resistance and heat resistance of the formed partition wall. More preferably, the white pigment is surface-treated with at least one selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 and ZrO 2 , and further preferably, the white pigment is surface-treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 handle. From the viewpoint of light resistance and reflectivity, the white pigment is further preferably titanium dioxide surface-treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 .

就進一步提高隔壁的反射率的觀點而言,白色顏料的散射光基準的粒徑D50較佳為100 nm~500 nm,更佳為150 nm~350 nm。此處,白色顏料的粒徑D50可使用粒度分佈測定裝置(SZ-100;堀場(HORIBA)(股)製造)等來進行測定。From the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance of the partition wall, the scattered light-based particle size D50 of the white pigment is preferably 100 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 350 nm. Here, the particle diameter D50 of the white pigment can be measured using a particle size distribution measuring device (SZ-100; manufactured by HORIBA Co., Ltd.) or the like.

另外,就進一步提高隔壁的反射率的觀點而言,白色顏料的平均一次粒徑較佳為100 nm~500 nm,更佳為150 nm~350 nm。此處,白色顏料的平均一次粒徑可使用粒度分佈測定裝置(N4-PLUS;貝克曼-庫爾特(Beckman-Coulter)(股)製造)等,藉由雷射繞射法進行測定。In addition, from the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance of the partition wall, the average primary particle diameter of the white pigment is preferably 100 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 350 nm. Here, the average primary particle diameter of the white pigment can be measured by the laser diffraction method using a particle size distribution measuring device (N4-PLUS; manufactured by Beckman-Coulter Co., Ltd.) or the like.

作為可較佳地用作白色顏料的二氧化鈦顏料,例如可列舉:R960,杜邦(股)製造(金紅石型、SiO 2/Al 2O 3處理、平均一次粒徑210 nm);R996,龍蟒佰利聯(Lomon Billions)(股)製造(金紅石型、ZrO 2/Al 2O 3處理、平均一次粒徑230 nm);CR-97,石原產業(股)製造(金紅石型、Al 2O 3/ZrO 2處理、平均一次粒徑250 nm);PFC105,石原產業(股)製造(金紅石型、SiO 2/Al 2O 3/ZrO 2處理、平均一次粒徑280 nm);JR-301,帝化(Tayca)(股)製造(金紅石型、Al 2O 3處理、平均一次粒徑300 nm);JR-405,帝化(Tayca)(股)製造(金紅石型、Al 2O 3處理、平均一次粒徑210 nm);JR-600A,帝化(Tayca)(股)(金紅石型、Al 2O 3處理、平均一次粒徑250 nm);JR-603,帝化(Tayca)(股)(金紅石型、Al 2O 3/ZrO 2處理、平均一次粒徑280 nm)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。 Examples of titanium dioxide pigments that can be preferably used as white pigments include: R960, manufactured by DuPont Co., Ltd. (rutile type, SiO 2 /Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 210 nm); R996, Lomon Manufactured by Lomon Billions (Rutile type, ZrO 2 /Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 230 nm); CR-97, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. (Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 treatment, average primary particle size 250 nm); PFC105, manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. (rutile type, SiO 2 /Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 treatment, average primary particle size 280 nm); JR- 301, manufactured by Tayca Co., Ltd. (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 300 nm); JR-405, manufactured by Tayca Co., Ltd. (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 210 nm); JR-600A, Tayca (Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 250 nm); JR-603, Tayca (Rutile type, Al 2 O 3 treatment, average primary particle size 250 nm); JR-603, Tayca ( Tayca) (share) (rutile type, Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 treatment, average primary particle size 280 nm), etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

就進一步提高反射率的觀點而言,樹脂組成物中的白色顏料的含量較佳為固體成分中的10重量%以上,更佳為15重量%以上。另一方面,就提高隔壁的表面平滑性的觀點而言,白色顏料的含量較佳為固體成分中的60重量%以下,更佳為55重量%以下。From the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance, the content of the white pigment in the resin composition is preferably 10% by weight or more of the solid content, more preferably 15% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the surface smoothness of the partition walls, the content of the white pigment is preferably 60% by weight or less of the solid content, more preferably 55% by weight or less.

黃色前驅物化合物 本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有黃色前驅物化合物。所謂黃色前驅物化合物是指由於熱及/或光的能量引起的反應、分解、結構變化等,波長區域380 nm~500 nm的光吸收變大而帶有黃色的化合物。特別是,較佳為波長450 nm的吸收變大。 yellow precursor compound The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a yellow precursor compound. The yellow precursor compound refers to a compound that has a yellow color due to increased light absorption in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 500 nm due to reactions, decomposition, structural changes, etc. caused by heat and/or light energy. In particular, it is preferable that the absorption at a wavelength of 450 nm is increased.

藉由在樹脂組成物中含有黃色前驅物化合物,可提高隔壁的藍色光的遮光性。若於樹脂組成物中從一開始就含有黃色成分,則於進行後述的隔壁(A-1)圖案的形成時,於曝光步驟中大大地吸收曝光光,曝光光不到達底部而不進行硬化,但由於藉由含有黃色前驅物化合物,於曝光步驟中使曝光光透過至底部而進行硬化,因此能夠形成藍色光的遮光性高的微細厚膜隔壁圖案。因此,更佳為於曝光步驟中波長區域380 nm~500 nm的光吸收不會變化,於之後的加熱步驟中波長區域380 nm~500 nm的光吸收上升。By including the yellow precursor compound in the resin composition, the blue light-shielding property of the partition wall can be improved. If the resin composition contains a yellow component from the beginning, the exposure light will be greatly absorbed in the exposure step when forming the barrier rib (A-1) pattern described below, and the exposure light will not reach the bottom and will not be cured. However, by containing the yellow precursor compound, the exposure light is transmitted to the bottom in the exposure step to be cured. Therefore, a fine thick-film barrier rib pattern with high light-shielding properties against blue light can be formed. Therefore, it is more preferable that the light absorption in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 500 nm does not change during the exposure step, and that the light absorption in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 500 nm increases in the subsequent heating step.

作為黃色前驅物化合物,例如可列舉:酚系化合物、有機聚合物樹脂、有機金屬化合物等。就生成的黃色成分的耐光性的觀點而言,較佳為有機金屬化合物。Examples of the yellow precursor compound include phenolic compounds, organic polymer resins, organic metal compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of the light resistance of the produced yellow component, an organic metal compound is preferred.

酚系化合物藉由熱及/或光的能量被氧化,生成醌系化合物。較佳為使用生成的醌系化合物為黃色的酚系化合物。作為酚系化合物,例如可列舉:1,4-二羥基萘、1,4-二羥基蒽氫醌、醌茜(quinizarin)、1,4-二羥基-2-磺基蒽醌等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Phenolic compounds are oxidized by heat and/or light energy to generate quinone compounds. It is preferable to use a phenolic compound in which the produced quinone compound is yellow. Examples of the phenolic compound include 1,4-dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,4-dihydroxyanthrahydroquinone, quinizarin, 1,4-dihydroxy-2-sulfoanthraquinone, and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

有機聚合物樹脂若為藉由熱及/或光的能量而變黃的樹脂,則並無特別限定。作為有機聚合物樹脂,例如可列舉:聚乙烯或聚丙烯等聚烯烴、或聚氯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯(Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene,ABS)樹脂等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。聚烯烴藉由熱或光而脫出結構中的氫,並藉由氧化反應生成多烯而變黃。聚氯乙烯藉由熱或光進行脫鹽酸反應,並藉由多烯等共軛雙鍵增加而變黃。聚碳酸酯藉由被稱為夫里士重排(Fries rearrangement)的光反應,生成水楊酸苯酯結構、進而生成二羥基二苯甲酮結構而變黃。已知ABS樹脂因藉由熱或光引起的氧化而生成的自由基種而變黃。The organic polymer resin is not particularly limited as long as it turns yellow due to heat and/or light energy. Examples of the organic polymer resin include polyolefins such as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, and acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) resin. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Polyolefins remove hydrogen from their structure by heat or light, and produce polyenes through oxidation reactions that turn yellow. Polyvinyl chloride undergoes dehydrochlorination reaction by heat or light, and turns yellow due to the increase of conjugated double bonds such as polyene. Polycarbonate turns yellow due to a photoreaction called Fries rearrangement, which generates a phenyl salicylate structure and then a dihydroxybenzophenone structure. ABS resin is known to turn yellow due to free radical species generated by oxidation by heat or light.

有機金屬化合物若藉由熱及/或光的能量而生成於380 nm~500 nm具有吸收的黃色粒子,則並無特別限制。作為於380 nm~500 nm具有吸收的黃色粒子,例如可列舉:氧化鐵粒子、氧化銅粒子、氧化銥粒子、氧化鉍、氧化鎢、氧化金粒子、奈米金粒子、氧化銀及/或銀粒子、銀奈米粒子等,作為有機金屬化合物,例如可列舉:有機鐵化合物、有機銅化合物、有機銥化合物、有機鉍化合物、有機鎢化合物、有機金化合物、有機銀化合物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,作為化合物,於空氣中穩定,另外,於曝光步驟及/或加熱步驟中,藉由分解、凝聚,可有效率地生成黃色粒子(氧化銀及/或銀粒子、銀奈米粒子)並提高膜遮光性,就該觀點而言,黃色前驅物化合物較佳為有機銀化合物。The organic metal compound is not particularly limited as long as it generates yellow particles with absorption at 380 nm to 500 nm by heat and/or light energy. Examples of yellow particles having absorption at 380 nm to 500 nm include: iron oxide particles, copper oxide particles, iridium oxide particles, bismuth oxide, tungsten oxide, gold oxide particles, gold nanoparticles, silver oxide and/or silver particles, silver nanoparticles, etc. Examples of the organic metal compounds include organic iron compounds, organic copper compounds, organic iridium compounds, organic bismuth compounds, organic tungsten compounds, organic gold compounds, organic silver compounds, and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these compounds, they are stable in the air, and can efficiently generate yellow particles (silver oxide and/or silver particles, silver nanoparticles) by decomposition and aggregation during the exposure step and/or heating step. ) and improve the light-shielding property of the film. From this point of view, the yellow precursor compound is preferably an organic silver compound.

作為有機鐵化合物,可列舉:三(2,4-戊二酮酸)鐵、二茂鐵、氰化鐵、碳酸鐵、五羰基鐵、草酸鐵、九羰基鐵、乙酸鐵、甲酸鐵、六氰化酸鐵等。作為有機銅化合物,例如可列舉:雙(2,4-戊二酮酸)銅、新癸酸銅、乙酸銅、甲酸銅、甲酸銅水合物、草酸銅、草酸銅水合物等。作為有機銥化合物,可列舉:三(2,4-戊二酮酸)銥、十二羰基四銥、雙(三苯基膦)銥羰基氯化物、二茂銥(IrCp 2)等。作為有機鉍化合物,可列舉:次碳酸鉍、碳酸氧化鉍、次沒食子酸鉍等。作為有機鎢化合物,可列舉:六羰基鎢、六甲基鎢等。作為有機金化合物,可列舉:氯(三苯基膦)金、樹脂酸金(Gold Resinate)MR7901-P、四氯金酸四水合物等。 Examples of organic iron compounds include: iron tris(2,4-pentanedioneate), ferrocene, iron cyanide, iron carbonate, iron pentacarbonyl, iron oxalate, iron nonacarbonyl, iron acetate, iron formate, hexacarbonyl Ferric cyanide, etc. Examples of the organic copper compound include copper bis(2,4-pentanedioneate), copper neodecanoate, copper acetate, copper formate, copper formate hydrate, copper oxalate, copper oxalate hydrate, and the like. Examples of the organic iridium compound include tris(2,4-pentanedioneate)iridium, tetrairidium dodecacarbonyl, bis(triphenylphosphine)iridium carbonyl chloride, iridium dicyclocene (IrCp 2 ), and the like. Examples of organic bismuth compounds include bismuth subcarbonate, bismuth oxycarbonate, and bismuth subgallate. Examples of organic tungsten compounds include hexacarbonyltungsten, hexamethyltungsten, and the like. Examples of organic gold compounds include gold chloride (triphenylphosphine), gold resinate (Gold Resinate) MR7901-P, tetrachloroauric acid tetrahydrate, and the like.

作為有機銀化合物,例如可列舉:日本專利特開平10-62899號公報的段落[0048]~段落[0049]、歐洲專利申請案公開第803,764A1號說明書的第18頁第24行~第19頁第37行、歐洲專利申請案公開第962,812A1號說明書、日本專利特開平11-349591號公報、日本專利特開2000-7683號公報、日本專利特開2000-72711號公報、日本專利特開2002-23301號公報、日本專利特開2002-23303號公報、日本專利特開2002-49119號公報、歐洲專利申請案公開第1246001A1號說明書、歐洲專利申請案公開第1258775A1號說明書、日本專利特開2003-140290號公報、日本專利特開2003-195445號公報、日本專利特開2003-295378號公報、日本專利特開2003-295379號公報、日本專利特開2003-295380號公報、日本專利特開2003-295381號公報、日本專利特開2003-270755號公報等中記載的有機銀化合物、或脂肪族羧酸的銀鹽等。Examples of the organic silver compound include paragraphs [0048] to [0049] of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-62899, and pages 18, 24, 24, and 19 of European Patent Application Publication No. 803,764A1. Line 37, European Patent Application Publication No. 962,812A1, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 11-349591, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-7683, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-72711, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002 -23301, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-23303, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2002-49119, European Patent Application Publication No. 1246001A1, European Patent Application Publication No. 1258775A1, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003 -140290, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-195445, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-295378, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-295379, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-295380, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003 - Organic silver compounds described in Publication No. 295381, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-270755, etc., or silver salts of aliphatic carboxylic acids, etc.

該些中,就更加黃色化的觀點而言,較佳為下述通式(5)所表示的化合物及/或具有下述通式(6)所表示的結構的聚合物化合物。Among these, from the viewpoint of making the compound more yellow, a compound represented by the following general formula (5) and/or a polymer compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (6) is preferred.

[化4] [Chemical 4]

通式(5)中,R 5表示氫或碳數1~30的有機基。此處,作為「碳數1~30的有機基」,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基(包含直鏈狀及分支狀烷基)及/或碳數6~30的芳香族烴基。作為該些的較佳具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、異己基、正庚基、異庚基、正辛基、異辛基、正壬基、異壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基、苯基、苄基、甲苯基、聯苯基及萘基。 In the general formula (5), R 5 represents hydrogen or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Here, the "organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms" is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (including linear and branched alkyl groups) and/or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferable specific examples of these include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl base, isoheptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, Hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, biphenyl and naphthyl.

[化5] [Chemistry 5]

通式(6)中,R 6及R 7分別獨立地表示氫或碳數1~30的有機基。此處,作為「碳數1~30的有機基」,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基(包含直鏈狀及分支狀烷基)及/或碳數6~30的芳香族烴基。作為該些的較佳具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、異己基、正庚基、異庚基、正辛基、異辛基、正壬基、異壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基、苯基、苄基、甲苯基、聯苯基及萘基。另外,a為1以上的整數,較佳為1~10000,更佳為5~1000。 In the general formula (6), R 6 and R 7 each independently represent hydrogen or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Here, the "organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms" is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (including linear and branched alkyl groups) and/or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferred specific examples of these include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl base, isoheptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, Hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, biphenyl and naphthyl. In addition, a is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10,000, more preferably 5 to 1,000.

作為通式(5)所表示的有機銀化合物,例如可列舉:乙酸銀、丙酸銀、丁酸銀、戊酸銀、己酸銀、庚酸銀、辛酸銀、壬酸銀、癸酸銀、新癸酸銀、水楊酸銀、碳酸銀、對甲苯磺酸銀、三氟乙酸銀、2-乙基己酸銀、二乙基二硫代胺基甲酸銀、苯甲酸銀、吡啶-2-羧酸銀、山萮酸銀、花生酸銀、硬脂酸銀、油酸銀、月桂酸銀、己酸銀、肉豆蔻酸銀、棕櫚酸銀等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就於有機溶劑中的進一步的溶解性與黃色化的觀點而言,較佳為新癸酸銀、辛酸銀、水楊酸銀、苯甲酸銀。Examples of the organic silver compound represented by the general formula (5) include silver acetate, silver propionate, silver butyrate, silver valerate, silver hexanoate, silver enanthate, silver octoate, silver nonanoate, and silver decanoate. , silver neodecanoate, silver salicylate, silver carbonate, silver p-toluenesulfonate, silver trifluoroacetate, silver 2-ethylhexanoate, silver diethyldithiocarbamate, silver benzoate, pyridine- 2-Silver carboxylate, silver behenate, silver arachidate, silver stearate, silver oleate, silver laurate, silver caproate, silver myristate, silver palmitate, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, from the viewpoint of further solubility in organic solvents and yellowing, silver neodecanoate, silver octoate, silver salicylate, and silver benzoate are preferred.

通式(6)所表示的有機銀化合物具有如下結構,即,具有羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物中的羧基成為銀鹽的結構。通式(6)所表示的有機銀化合物例如如後述的製備例所示,藉由將具有羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物與硝酸銀於胺催化劑存在下、於有機溶媒中攪拌而獲得。The organic silver compound represented by the general formula (6) has a structure in which the carboxyl group in the (meth)acrylic polymer having a carboxyl group becomes a silver salt. The organic silver compound represented by the general formula (6) is obtained by stirring a (meth)acrylic acid polymer having a carboxyl group and silver nitrate in an organic solvent in the presence of an amine catalyst, as shown in the preparation examples described below.

所述具有羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物藉由將不飽和羧酸聚合而獲得。作為不飽和羧酸的例子,例如可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、巴豆酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、乙烯基乙酸、或酸酐等。該些可單獨使用,亦可與其他能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物組合使用。作為能夠共聚的乙烯性不飽和化合物,具體而言,可列舉:丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸正丙酯、丙烯酸異丙酯、甲基丙烯酸正丙酯、甲基丙烯酸異丙酯、丙烯酸正丁酯、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯、丙烯酸第二丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第二丁酯、丙烯酸異丁酯、甲基丙烯酸異丁酯、丙烯酸第三丁酯、甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯、丙烯酸正戊酯、甲基丙烯酸正戊酯、丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯等不飽和羧酸烷基酯;苯乙烯、對甲基苯乙烯、鄰甲基苯乙烯、間甲基苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等芳香族乙烯基化合物、丙烯酸胺基乙酯等不飽和羧酸胺基烷基酯;丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等不飽和羧酸縮水甘油酯;乙酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯等羧酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈、α-氯丙烯腈等氰化乙烯基化合物;1,3-丁二烯、異戊二烯等脂肪族共軛二烯;分別於末端具有丙烯醯基或甲基丙烯醯基的聚苯乙烯、聚丙烯酸甲酯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、聚丙烯酸丁酯、聚甲基丙烯酸丁酯、聚矽酮等巨分子單體等,但並不限定於該些。關於(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物,並無特別限定。The (meth)acrylic acid polymer having carboxyl groups is obtained by polymerizing unsaturated carboxylic acid. Examples of the unsaturated carboxylic acid include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, vinyl acetic acid, acid anhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination with other copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compounds. Specific examples of the copolymerizable ethylenically unsaturated compound include methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl acrylate, ethyl methacrylate, n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, and methacrylic acid. n-propyl acrylate, isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl acrylate, n-butyl methacrylate, 2-butyl acrylate, 2-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl acrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, acrylic acid tert-butyl ester, tert-butyl methacrylate, n-amyl acrylate, n-amyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, benzyl acrylate, benzyl methacrylate and other unsaturated carboxylic acid alkyl esters; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, p-methylstyrene, o-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, aminoethyl acrylate, etc. Saturated carboxylic acid aminoalkyl esters; unsaturated carboxylic acid glycidyl esters such as glycidyl acrylate and glycidyl methacrylate; vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate and other carboxylic acid vinyl esters; acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile , α-chloroacrylonitrile and other cyanide vinyl compounds; 1,3-butadiene, isoprene and other aliphatic conjugated dienes; polystyrene with an acrylyl group or a methacrylyl group at the end. , polymethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl acrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, polysilone and other macromonomers, but are not limited to these. The (meth)acrylic polymer is not particularly limited.

所述具有羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物亦可使用市售的製品。作為市售的具有羧基的(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物,例如可列舉:AX3-BX-TR-101、AX3-BX-TR-102、AX3-BX-TR-106、AX3-BX-TR-107、AX3-BX-TR-108、AX3-BX-TR-109、AX3-BX-TR-110、AX3-RD-TR-501、AX3-RD-TR-502、AX3-RD-TR-503、AX3-RD-TR-504、AX3-RD-TR-103、AX3-RD-TR-104(商品名,日本觸媒股份有限公司製造);SPCR-10X、SPCR-10P、SPCR-24X、SPCR-18X、SPCR-215X(商品名,昭和電工股份有限公司製造);X-4007(商品名,日油股份有限公司製造)等。該些中,較佳為SPCR-10X、SPCR-10P、SPCR-24X、SPCR-18X、SPCR-215X。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。Commercially available products can also be used as the (meth)acrylic polymer having a carboxyl group. Examples of commercially available carboxyl group-containing (meth)acrylic polymers include: AX3-BX-TR-101, AX3-BX-TR-102, AX3-BX-TR-106, and AX3-BX-TR-107 , AX3-BX-TR-108, AX3-BX-TR-109, AX3-BX-TR-110, AX3-RD-TR-501, AX3-RD-TR-502, AX3-RD-TR-503, AX3 -RD-TR-504, AX3-RD-TR-103, AX3-RD-TR-104 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.); SPCR-10X, SPCR-10P, SPCR-24X, SPCR-18X , SPCR-215X (trade name, manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.); X-4007 (trade name, manufactured by NOF Co., Ltd.), etc. Among these, SPCR-10X, SPCR-10P, SPCR-24X, SPCR-18X, and SPCR-215X are preferred. Two or more of these compounds may also be used.

另外,對於通式(6)所表示的聚合物化合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)並無特別限制,但較佳為藉由GPC測定的聚苯乙烯換算為5000~50000,更佳為8000~35000。若Mw小於5000,則熱硬化時會發生圖案下垂,解析度降低。另一方面,若Mw大於50000,則難以被還原,難以形成黃色粒子。In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer compound represented by the general formula (6) is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 5,000 to 50,000 in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC, and more preferably 8,000 to 35,000. . If Mw is less than 5000, pattern sagging will occur during thermal hardening and the resolution will decrease. On the other hand, if Mw exceeds 50,000, it is difficult to be reduced and yellow particles are difficult to form.

黃色前驅物化合物於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為0.1重量%以上,更佳為0.4重量%以上。藉由將黃色前驅物化合物的含量設為0.4重量%以上,可使所獲得的隔壁更加黃色化,隔壁對藍色光的遮光性提高。另一方面,若黃色前驅物化合物的含量過多,則由於因黃色前驅物化合物的分解而部分地產生的自由基而發生過剩反應,難以形成圖案。因此,黃色前驅物化合物於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為10重量%以下,更佳為5.0重量%以下。The content of the yellow precursor compound in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 0.4% by weight or more. By setting the content of the yellow precursor compound to 0.4% by weight or more, the obtained partition wall can be made more yellow, and the light-shielding property of the partition wall against blue light can be improved. On the other hand, if the content of the yellow precursor compound is too high, excessive reaction occurs due to radicals partially generated by decomposition of the yellow precursor compound, making it difficult to form a pattern. Therefore, the content of the yellow precursor compound in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5.0% by weight or less.

遮光顏料 本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有遮光顏料。遮光顏料具有進一步提高隔壁的特定波長的光的遮光性的功能。 shading pigment The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a light-shielding pigment. The light-shielding pigment has the function of further improving the light-shielding property of the partition wall against light of a specific wavelength.

藍色顏料及紫色顏料 遮光顏料較佳為含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料。藉由含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料,可提高膜的波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性。 Blue and purple pigments The light-shielding pigment preferably contains a blue pigment and a purple pigment. By containing blue pigments and purple pigments, the light-shielding properties of the film in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light) can be improved.

藍色顏料及紫色顏料選自無機顏料、有機顏料及其混合顏料中,成分並無特別限定。The blue pigment and the purple pigment are selected from inorganic pigments, organic pigments and mixed pigments, and the ingredients are not particularly limited.

作為藍色顏料,例如可列舉:顏料藍(pigment blue)(以下簡稱為PB)1、PB9、PB18、PB25、PB28、PB29、PB36、PB15、PB15:1、PB15:2、PB15:3、PB15:4、PB15:6、PB17:1、PB60、PB66、PB75、PB79等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就耐光性優異的觀點而言,較佳為作為酞菁顏料的PB15、PB15:1、PB15:2、PB15:3、PB15:4、PB15:6,更佳為PB15:6。Examples of the blue pigment include: Pigment blue (hereinafter referred to as PB) 1, PB9, PB18, PB25, PB28, PB29, PB36, PB15, PB15:1, PB15:2, PB15:3, PB15 :4, PB15:6, PB17:1, PB60, PB66, PB75, PB79, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, from the viewpoint of excellent light resistance, PB15, PB15:1, PB15:2, PB15:3, PB15:4, and PB15:6 which are phthalocyanine pigments are preferred, and PB15:6 is more preferred.

作為紫色顏料,例如可列舉:顏料紫(pigment violet)(以下簡稱為PV)1、PV3、PV3:3、PV19、PV23、PV29、PV37、PV38、PV39、PV50等。該些中,就耐熱性優異的觀點而言,較佳為作為縮合多環系顏料的PV19、PV23、PV29、PV37、PV38,就波長區域500 nm~550 nm的遮光性優異的觀點而言,更佳為PV23、PV29、PV37。 藍色顏料及紫色顏料於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的合計含量較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.05重量%以上,進而佳為0.10重量%以上。藉由將藍色顏料及紫色顏料的合計含量設為0.10重量%以上,可進一步提高所獲得的隔壁的波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性。藍色顏料及紫色顏料於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的合計含量較佳為3.0重量%以下,更佳為1.0重量%以下,進而佳為0.75重量%以下。藉由將藍色顏料及紫色顏料的合計含量設為0.75重量%以下,能夠充分地透過曝光光,形成微細的隔壁圖案。 Examples of purple pigments include pigment violet (hereinafter referred to as PV) 1, PV3, PV3:3, PV19, PV23, PV29, PV37, PV38, PV39, PV50, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance, PV19, PV23, PV29, PV37, and PV38, which are condensed polycyclic pigments, are preferred, and from the viewpoint of excellent light-shielding properties in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 550 nm, More preferably, they are PV23, PV29 and PV37. The total content of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, and still more preferably 0.10% by weight or more. By setting the total content of the blue pigment and the purple pigment to 0.10% by weight or more, the light-blocking property of the obtained partition wall in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light) can be further improved. The total content of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 3.0% by weight or less, more preferably 1.0% by weight or less, and still more preferably 0.75% by weight or less. By setting the total content of the blue pigment and the purple pigment to 0.75% by weight or less, exposure light can be sufficiently transmitted to form a fine barrier rib pattern.

藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比較佳為20/80~80/20。藉由將藍色顏料及紫色顏料的重量比設為20/80~80/20,可兼具顏料的分散性與波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性。藍色顏料及紫色顏料的重量比更佳為30/70~70/30,進而佳為50/50~65/35。The weight ratio of blue pigment and purple pigment is preferably 20/80~80/20. By setting the weight ratio of the blue pigment to the purple pigment to 20/80 to 80/20, it is possible to achieve both pigment dispersion and light-shielding properties in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light). The weight ratio of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is more preferably 30/70 to 70/30, and further preferably 50/50 to 65/35.

另外,較佳為黃色前驅物化合物於本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.2~20,且藍色顏料及紫色顏料於固體成分中所佔的合計重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.05~10。藉由設為該比率,可獲得可見光整體(波長區域430 nm~630 nm)的高遮光性與高反射性優異的灰色隔壁圖案。更佳為黃色前驅物化合物於本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.5~10,且藍色顏料及紫色顏料於固體成分中所佔的合計重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.01~5。In addition, it is preferable that the weight of the yellow precursor compound in the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is 0.2 to 20 with respect to 100 of the weight of the white pigment, and that the blue pigment and the purple pigment occupy the solid content. The total weight of the white pigment is 0.05 to 10 relative to the weight of 100 white pigments. By setting this ratio, it is possible to obtain a gray barrier pattern with excellent light-shielding properties and high reflectivity in the entire visible light range (wavelength range 430 nm to 630 nm). More preferably, the weight of the yellow precursor compound in the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is 0.5 to 10 with respect to 100 of the weight of the white pigment, and the total weight of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the solid content is The weight is 0.01 to 5 relative to the weight of 100 white pigments.

本發明的樹脂組成物亦可含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料以外的其他遮光顏料作為遮光顏料。作為其他遮光顏料,例如可列舉:紅色顏料、黑色顏料、綠色顏料、黃色顏料等。The resin composition of the present invention may also contain other light-shielding pigments other than blue pigments and purple pigments as light-shielding pigments. Examples of other light-shielding pigments include red pigments, black pigments, green pigments, yellow pigments, and the like.

作為紅色顏料,例如可列舉:顏料紅(pigment red)(以下簡稱為PR)9、PR177、PR179、PR180、PR192、PR209、PR215、PR216、PR217、PR220、PR223、PR224、PR226、PR227、PR228、PR240、PR254等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of red pigments include: Pigment red (hereinafter referred to as PR) 9, PR177, PR179, PR180, PR192, PR209, PR215, PR216, PR217, PR220, PR223, PR224, PR226, PR227, PR228, PR240, PR254, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

作為黑色顏料,例如可列舉黑色有機顏料、黑色無機顏料等。Examples of the black pigment include black organic pigments, black inorganic pigments, and the like.

作為黑色有機顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、苝黑、苯胺黑、苯並呋喃酮系顏料等。該些亦可被樹脂被覆。 作為黑色無機顏料,例如可列舉:石墨;鈦、銅、鐵、錳、鈷、鉻、鎳、鋯、鋅、鈣、銀、金、鉑、鈀等金屬的微粒子;金屬氧化物;金屬複合氧化物;金屬硫化物;金屬氮化物;金屬氧氮化物;金屬碳化物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。 Examples of black organic pigments include carbon black, perylene black, aniline black, and benzofuranone-based pigments. These can also be coated with resin. Examples of black inorganic pigments include: graphite; fine particles of metals such as titanium, copper, iron, manganese, cobalt, chromium, nickel, zirconium, zinc, calcium, silver, gold, platinum, and palladium; metal oxides; metal composite oxides Materials; metal sulfides; metal nitrides; metal oxynitrides; metal carbides, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

作為綠色顏料,例如可列舉:C.I.顏料綠(pigment green)(以下簡稱為PG)7、PG36、PG58、PG37、PG59等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of green pigments include C.I. pigment green (hereinafter referred to as PG) 7, PG36, PG58, PG37, PG59, and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

作為黃色顏料,例如可列舉:顏料黃(pigment yellow)(以下簡稱為PY)PY137、PY138、PY139、PY147、PY148、PY150、PY153、PY154、PY166、PY168、PY185等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the yellow pigment include pigment yellow (hereinafter referred to as PY) PY137, PY138, PY139, PY147, PY148, PY150, PY153, PY154, PY166, PY168, PY185, and the like. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有還原劑。還原劑藉由促進黃色前驅物化合物(特別是有機銀化合物)的還原,而更有效率地生成黃色粒子,即便於100℃~120℃左右的低溫加熱條件下,亦可提高膜的遮光性。藉此,例如,即便於基底中存在有機EL材料般的擔心耐熱性的材料,需要低溫加熱條件的用途中,亦能夠應用本技術。另外,若於加熱後的膜中殘存未反應的有機銀化合物,則會因光或熱而分解,膜色發生變化,因此會成為耐候性差的膜,但藉由含有還原劑,硬化後膜中殘存的有機銀化合物的量減少,耐候性提高。The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a reducing agent. The reducing agent generates yellow particles more efficiently by promoting the reduction of yellow precursor compounds (especially organic silver compounds), and can improve the light-shielding properties of the film even under low-temperature heating conditions of about 100°C to 120°C. This allows the present technology to be applied to applications that require low-temperature heating conditions, for example, even if there is a material such as an organic EL material that is a concern about heat resistance in the substrate. In addition, if unreacted organic silver compounds remain in the heated film, they will be decomposed by light or heat and the film color will change. Therefore, the weather resistance will be poor. However, by containing a reducing agent, the film after curing will The amount of residual organic silver compounds is reduced, and the weather resistance is improved.

還原劑若為促進有機銀化合物的還原的化合物則可為任意者,但就更有效率地還原有機銀化合物的觀點而言,較佳為於分子內含有兩個以上的酚性羥基的化合物或含有烯二醇基的化合物。 關於分子內含有兩個以上的酚性羥基的化合物,於對有機銀化合物進行還原時,自身被氧化而生成醌化合物,但較佳為不會如上述黃色前驅物化合物般生成有色的醌化合物的結構。作為於分子內含有兩個以上的酚性羥基的化合物,例如可列舉:兒茶酚化合物、對苯二酚化合物、間苯二酚化合物、蒽氫醌化合物等二元酚化合物;或含有三個以上的酚性羥基的多酚化合物。該些中,就還原性的觀點而言,更佳為下述通式(7)所表示的對苯二酚化合物。 The reducing agent may be any compound as long as it promotes the reduction of the organic silver compound. However, from the viewpoint of reducing the organic silver compound more efficiently, it is preferably a compound containing two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in the molecule or Compounds containing alkenediol groups. A compound containing two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in the molecule is preferably oxidized to form a quinone compound when the organic silver compound is reduced, but it is preferable that it does not form a colored quinone compound like the above-mentioned yellow precursor compound. structure. Examples of compounds containing two or more phenolic hydroxyl groups in the molecule include dihydric phenol compounds such as catechol compounds, hydroquinone compounds, resorcinol compounds, and anthrahydroquinone compounds; or compounds containing three The above polyphenolic compounds with phenolic hydroxyl groups. Among these, from the viewpoint of reducing properties, a hydroquinone compound represented by the following general formula (7) is more preferred.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

通式(7)中,R 8、R 9、R 10及R 11分別獨立地表示氫、羥基、或碳數1~30的有機基。此處,作為「碳數1~30的有機基」,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基(包含直鏈狀及分支狀烷基)及/或碳數6~30的芳香族烴基。作為該些的較佳具體例,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、異戊基、正己基、異己基、正庚基、異庚基、正辛基、異辛基、正壬基、異壬基、癸基、十一烷基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、二十烷基、苯基、苄基、甲苯基、聯苯基及萘基。 In the general formula (7), R 8 , R 9 , R 10 and R 11 each independently represent hydrogen, a hydroxyl group, or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Here, the "organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms" is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (including linear and branched alkyl groups) and/or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Preferable specific examples of these include: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, n-heptyl base, isoheptyl, n-octyl, isooctyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, Hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, phenyl, benzyl, tolyl, biphenyl and naphthyl.

作為下述通式(7)所表示的對苯二酚化合物,例如可列舉:對苯二酚、甲基對苯二酚、乙基對苯二酚、丙基對苯二酚、丁基對苯二酚、第三丁基對苯二酚、2,3-二甲基對苯二酚、2,3-二乙基對苯二酚、2,3-二丙基對苯二酚、2,3-二丁基對苯二酚、2,3-二第三丁基對苯二酚、2,5-二甲基對苯二酚、2,5-二乙基對苯二酚、2,5-二丙基對苯二酚、2,5-二丁基對苯二酚、2,5-二第三丁基對苯二酚、對苯二酚二甲醚、對苯二酚二乙醚、1,2,4-苯三醇、2,5-二羥基苯乙酮、2,5-二羥基苯甲酸、苯基對苯二酚、2,6-二甲基對苯二酚、2,6-二乙基對苯二酚、2,6-二丙基對苯二酚、2,6-二丁基對苯二酚、2,6-二第三丁基對苯二酚、2,6-二羥基苯乙酮、2,6-二羥基苯甲酸、苯基對苯二酚、苯基對苯二酚、2,5-第三戊基對苯二酚等。該些中,就還原性、有機溶劑中的溶解性及保存穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為第三丁基對苯二酚、2,3-二甲基對苯二酚、2,6-二甲基對苯二酚、2,5-第三戊基對苯二酚、2,3-二丙基對苯二酚、2,3-二丁基對苯二酚、2,3-二第三丁基對苯二酚、2,5-二丙基對苯二酚、2,5-二丁基對苯二酚、2,5-二第三丁基對苯二酚。Examples of the hydroquinone compound represented by the following general formula (7) include hydroquinone, methyl hydroquinone, ethyl hydroquinone, propyl hydroquinone, and butyl hydroquinone. Hydroquinone, tert-butylhydroquinone, 2,3-dimethylhydroquinone, 2,3-diethylhydroquinone, 2,3-dipropylhydroquinone, 2 ,3-dibutylhydroquinone, 2,3-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, 2,5-dimethylhydroquinone, 2,5-diethylhydroquinone, 2 ,5-dipropylhydroquinone, 2,5-dibutylhydroquinone, 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, hydroquinone dimethyl ether, hydroquinone dimethyl ether Diethyl ether, 1,2,4-benzenetriol, 2,5-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, phenylhydroquinone, 2,6-dimethylhydroquinone, 2,6-diethylhydroquinone, 2,6-dipropylhydroquinone, 2,6-dibutylhydroquinone, 2,6-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, 2,6-dihydroxyacetophenone, 2,6-dihydroxybenzoic acid, phenylhydroquinone, phenylhydroquinone, 2,5-tertiary amylhydroquinone, etc. Among these, from the viewpoint of reducing properties, solubility in organic solvents, and storage stability, tert-butylhydroquinone, 2,3-dimethylhydroquinone, and 2,6-dimethylhydroquinone are preferred. -Dimethylhydroquinone, 2,5-tert-pentylhydroquinone, 2,3-dipropylhydroquinone, 2,3-dibutylhydroquinone, 2,3- Di-tert-butylhydroquinone, 2,5-dipropylhydroquinone, 2,5-dibutylhydroquinone, 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone.

作為含有烯二醇基的化合物,例如可列舉:抗壞血酸、α-吡咯酮(α-pyridoin)、果糖、木糖、葡萄糖、二氧丙酮(dioxyacetone)、乙醇醛(glycolaldehyde)、安息香、單氧丙酮、苯甲醯基甲醇。該些中,就還原性與有機溶劑中的溶解性的觀點而言,較佳為乙醇醛。Examples of compounds containing an enediol group include ascorbic acid, α-pyridoin, fructose, xylose, glucose, dioxyacetone, glycolaldehyde, benzoin, and monooxyacetone. , benzyl carbinol. Among these, glycolaldehyde is preferred from the viewpoint of reducing properties and solubility in organic solvents.

還原劑於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.1重量%以上。藉由將還原劑的含量設為0.1重量%以上,可更有效果地還原有機銀化合物,使所獲得的隔壁更加黃色化,隔壁對藍色光的遮光性提高。另外,硬化後膜中殘存的有機銀化合物的量減少,耐候性提高。The content of the reducing agent in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. By setting the content of the reducing agent to 0.1% by weight or more, the organic silver compound can be reduced more effectively, so that the obtained partition wall becomes more yellow, and the light-shielding property of the partition wall against blue light is improved. In addition, the amount of organic silver compounds remaining in the film after curing is reduced, and the weather resistance is improved.

另一方面,於樹脂組成物為負型感光性樹脂組成物的情況下,若還原劑的含量過多,則還原劑會於曝光時捕獲因光聚合起始劑的分解而產生的自由基,從而曝光靈敏度降低。因此,還原劑於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為3.0重量%以下,更佳為1.5重量%以下。On the other hand, when the resin composition is a negative photosensitive resin composition, if the content of the reducing agent is too high, the reducing agent will capture free radicals generated by the decomposition of the photopolymerization initiator during exposure, thus Exposure sensitivity is reduced. Therefore, the content of the reducing agent in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 3.0% by weight or less, more preferably 1.5% by weight or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有磷酸聚酯。磷酸聚酯若為含有磷酸酯基、聚磷酸酯基或磷酸基的聚合物,則並無特別限定。磷酸聚酯具有提高白色顏料及有機銀化合物的穩定性的功能。磷酸聚酯較佳為用作使顏料分散時的分散劑。The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains phosphoric acid polyester. The phosphoric acid polyester is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer containing a phosphate group, a polyphosphate group or a phosphoric acid group. Phosphate polyester has the function of improving the stability of white pigments and organic silver compounds. Phosphate polyester is preferably used as a dispersant when dispersing pigments.

作為磷酸聚酯,例如可列舉:福法諾(PHOSPHANOL)(註冊商標)RA-600、ML-200、ML-220、RS-610、RB-410、RD-720N(以上為東邦化學工業股份有限公司製造)、素司潘斯(SOLSPERSE)(註冊商標)SOLSPERSE26000、素司潘斯(SOLSPERSE)36000、素司潘斯(SOLSPERSE)41000(以上為捷利康(ZENECA)公司製造)、「迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)」(註冊商標)-110、111、142、145、180、「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)-110、111、W969、W9010(以上為日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造)、普拉薩飛(Plysurf)(註冊商標)A-208B、A-208F、A-208N、A-219B、DB-01、M208F(以上為第一工業製藥股份有限公司製造)、迪斯帕隆(Disparlon)(註冊商標)PW-36、DA-375(楠本化成股份有限公司製造)等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就提高白色顏料及有機銀化合物的穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為福法諾(PHOSPHANOL)ML-220、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-110、迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、普拉薩飛(Plysurf)A-208B。Examples of phosphoric acid polyester include: PHOSPHANOL (registered trademark) RA-600, ML-200, ML-220, RS-610, RB-410, RD-720N (the above are Toho Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. company), SOLSPERSE (registered trademark) SOLSPERSE 26000, SOLSPERSE 36000, SOLSPERSE 41000 (the above are manufactured by ZENECA), "DESP "DISPERBYK" (registered trademark)-110, 111, 142, 145, 180, "BYK" (registered trademark)-110, 111, W969, W9010 (the above is BYK- Chemie Japan) (manufactured by Co., Ltd.), Plysurf (registered trademark) A-208B, A-208F, A-208N, A-219B, DB-01, M208F (the above are Daiichi Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), Disparlon (registered trademark) PW-36, DA-375 (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving the stability of white pigments and organic silver compounds, PHOSPHANOL ML-220, DISPERBYK-110, DISPERBYK ( DISPERBYK)-111, Plysurf A-208B.

磷酸聚酯於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為0.50重量%以上,更佳為1.0重量%以上。藉由將磷酸聚酯的含量設為0.50重量%以上,使白色顏料及有機銀化合物進一步穩定化。The content of the phosphate polyester in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 0.50% by weight or more, more preferably 1.0% by weight or more. By setting the content of the phosphoric acid polyester to 0.50% by weight or more, the white pigment and the organic silver compound are further stabilized.

另一方面,於樹脂組成物中含有聚矽氧烷作為樹脂的情況下,若磷酸聚酯的含量過多,則藉由磷酸聚酯的酸性基進行聚矽氧烷彼此的縮合反應,黏度經時地上升。因此,磷酸聚酯於樹脂組成物的固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為15重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。On the other hand, when the resin composition contains polysiloxane as the resin, if the content of the phosphoric acid polyester is too high, the condensation reaction between the polysiloxanes proceeds through the acidic groups of the phosphoric acid polyester, and the viscosity increases over time. The ground rises. Therefore, the content of the phosphate polyester in the solid content of the resin composition is preferably 15% by weight or less, more preferably 10% by weight or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有撥液化合物。撥液化合物是指對樹脂組成物賦予排斥水或有機溶媒的性質(撥液性能)的化合物。若為具有此種性質的化合物則並無特別限定,具體而言,可較佳地使用具有氟烷基的化合物。藉由含有撥液化合物,於形成後述的隔壁(A-1)後,可對隔壁的頂部賦予撥液性能。藉此,例如於形成後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素時,可容易地向各個畫素分開塗佈組成不同的顏色變換發光材料。The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a liquid-repellent compound. A liquid-repellent compound refers to a compound that imparts the property of repelling water or organic solvents (liquid-repellent performance) to a resin composition. It is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having such properties. Specifically, a compound having a fluoroalkyl group can be preferably used. By containing a liquid-repellent compound, liquid-repellent performance can be imparted to the top of the partition wall (A-1) described below after the partition wall is formed. Thereby, for example, when forming (B) pixels containing a color-converting luminescent material described later, color-converting luminescent materials with different compositions can be easily applied to each pixel.

撥液化合物較佳為具有光自由基聚合性基的撥液化合物。藉由具有光自由基聚合性基,可與樹脂形成牢固的鍵結,因此可更容易地對隔壁的頂部賦予撥液性能。The liquid-repellent compound is preferably a liquid-repellent compound having a photoradically polymerizable group. By having a photoradically polymerizable group, a strong bond can be formed with the resin, making it easier to impart liquid-repellent properties to the top of the partition wall.

作為具有光自由基聚合性基的撥液化合物,例如可列舉「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-72-A、RS-75-A、RS-76-E、RS-56、RS-72-K、RS-75、RS-76-E、RS-76-NS、RS-76、RS-90(以上為商品名,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等。再者,該情況下,於包含負型感光性樹脂組成物的光硬化物的隔壁(A-1)中,光聚合性基可進行光聚合。Examples of the liquid-repellent compound having a photoradically polymerizable group include "Megafac" (registered trademark) RS-72-A, RS-75-A, RS-76-E, RS-56, RS -72-K, RS-75, RS-76-E, RS-76-NS, RS-76, RS-90 (the above are trade names, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), etc. Furthermore, in this case, the photopolymerizable group can be photopolymerized in the partition wall (A-1) containing the photocured material of the negative photosensitive resin composition.

就提高隔壁的撥液性能、提高噴墨塗佈性的觀點而言,樹脂組成物中的撥液化合物的含量較佳為固體成分中的0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.1重量%以上。另一方面,就提高與樹脂或白色顏料的相容性的觀點而言,撥液化合物的含量較佳為固體成分中的10重量%以下,更佳為5重量%以下。From the viewpoint of improving the liquid-repellent performance of the partition wall and improving the inkjet coatability, the content of the liquid-repellent compound in the resin composition is preferably 0.01% by weight or more of the solid content, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with resin or white pigment, the content of the liquid-repellent compound is preferably 10% by weight or less of the solid content, more preferably 5% by weight or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物亦可更含有黃色前驅物化合物以外的有機金屬化合物。作為黃色前驅物化合物以外的有機金屬化合物,較佳為有機鉑化合物或有機鈀化合物。有機鉑化合物或有機鈀化合物於曝光步驟及/或加熱步驟中,藉由分解、凝聚而成為黑色粒子,因此可於不使圖案加工性惡化的情況下進一步提高膜的遮光性。The resin composition of the present invention may further contain an organic metal compound other than the yellow precursor compound. As the organic metal compound other than the yellow precursor compound, an organic platinum compound or an organic palladium compound is preferred. The organic platinum compound or organic palladium compound decomposes and agglomerates into black particles during the exposure step and/or the heating step. Therefore, the light-shielding property of the film can be further improved without deteriorating the pattern processability.

作為有機鉑化合物,例如可列舉:雙(乙醯丙酮)鉑、二氯雙(三苯基膦)鉑、二氯雙(苄腈)鉑等。作為有機鈀化合物,例如可列舉:雙(乙醯丙酮)鈀、二氯雙(三苯基膦)鈀、二氯雙(苄腈)鈀、四(三苯基膦)鈀、二亞苄基丙酮鈀等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of the organic platinum compound include bis(acetylacetone)platinum, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)platinum, dichlorobis(benzonitrile)platinum, and the like. Examples of the organic palladium compound include bis(acetylacetone)palladium, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, dichlorobis(benzonitrile)palladium, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, and dibenzylidene Acetone palladium etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

於本發明的樹脂組成物中,黃色前驅物化合物以外的有機金屬化合物於固體成分中所佔的含量較佳為0.2重量%~5重量%。藉由設為0.2重量%以上,可進一步提高所獲得的膜的遮光性。更佳為0.5重量%以上。另一方面,藉由將黃色前驅物化合物以外的有機金屬化合物的含量設為5重量%以下,可進一步提高反射率。更佳為3重量%以下。In the resin composition of the present invention, the content of organic metal compounds other than the yellow precursor compound in the solid content is preferably 0.2% by weight to 5% by weight. By setting the content to 0.2% by weight or more, the light-shielding properties of the obtained film can be further improved. More preferably, it is 0.5 weight% or more. On the other hand, by setting the content of organic metal compounds other than the yellow precursor compound to 5% by weight or less, the reflectance can be further improved. More preferably, it is 3 weight% or less.

另外,本發明的樹脂組成物視需要可含有聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、密接性改良劑等。In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, an adhesion improving agent, etc. as needed.

藉由於本發明的樹脂組成物中含有界面活性劑,可提高塗佈時的流動性。作為界面活性劑,例如可列舉:「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)F142D、F172、F173、F183、F445、F470、F475、F477(以上為商品名,大日本油墨化學工業(股)製造),NBX-15、FTX-218(以上為商品名,尼歐斯(Neos)(股)製造)等氟系界面活性劑;「畢克(BYK)」(註冊商標)-333、301、331、345、307(以上為商品名,日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造)等矽酮系界面活性劑;聚環氧烷系界面活性劑;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯系界面活性劑等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。By containing a surfactant in the resin composition of the present invention, the fluidity during coating can be improved. Examples of the surfactant include: "Megafac" (registered trademark) F142D, F172, F173, F183, F445, F470, F475, F477 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. ), NBX-15, FTX-218 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.) and other fluorine-based surfactants; "BYK" (registered trademark) -333, 301, 331 , 345, 307 (the above are trade names, manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan (Co., Ltd.)) and other silicone-based surfactants; polyalkylene oxide-based surfactants; poly(meth)acrylate-based Surfactants, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

藉由於本發明的樹脂組成物中含有密接性改良劑,與基底基板的密接性提高,可獲得可靠性高的隔壁。作為密接性改良劑,例如可列舉脂環式環氧化合物、矽烷偶合劑等。該些中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為脂環式環氧化合物。Since the resin composition of the present invention contains an adhesion improving agent, the adhesion to the base substrate is improved, and a highly reliable partition wall can be obtained. Examples of the adhesion improving agent include alicyclic epoxy compounds, silane coupling agents, and the like. Among these, an alicyclic epoxy compound is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.

作為脂環式環氧化合物,例如可列舉:3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧基-4-(2-氧雜環丙基)環己烷加成物、ε-己內酯改質3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基3',4'-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯、1,2-環氧基-4-乙烯基環己烷、丁烷四羧酸四(3,4-環氧基環己基甲基)修飾ε-己內酯、甲基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。Examples of alicyclic epoxy compounds include: 3',4'-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl) -1,2-Epoxy-4-(2-oxanyl)cyclohexane adduct of 1-butanol, ε-caprolactone modified 3',4'-epoxycyclohexyl Methyl 3',4'-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, butanetetracarboxylic acid tetrakis(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl Methyl) modified ε-caprolactone, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl methacrylate, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained.

就進一步提高與基底基板的密接性的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物中的密接性改良劑的含量較佳為固體成分中的0.1重量%以上,更佳為1重量%以上。另一方面,就圖案加工性的觀點而言,密接性改良劑的含量較佳為固體成分中的20重量%以下,更佳為10重量%以下。From the viewpoint of further improving the adhesiveness with the base substrate, the content of the adhesiveness improving agent in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1% by weight or more of the solid content, more preferably 1% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of pattern processability, the content of the adhesion improving agent is preferably 20% by weight or less of the solid content, more preferably 10% by weight or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物較佳為更含有溶劑。溶媒具有將樹脂組成物的黏度調整為適合塗佈的範圍且提高隔壁的均勻性的功能。作為溶媒,較佳為組合大氣壓下的沸點超過150℃且250℃以下的溶媒與150℃以下的溶媒。The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains more solvent. The solvent has the function of adjusting the viscosity of the resin composition to a range suitable for coating and improving the uniformity of the partition walls. As a solvent, it is preferable to combine the solvent whose boiling point under atmospheric pressure exceeds 150 degreeC and 250 degreeC or less, and the solvent which is 150 degreeC or less.

作為溶媒,例如可列舉:異丙醇、二丙酮醇等醇類;乙二醇、丙二醇等二醇類;乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚等醚類;甲基乙基酮、乙醯丙酮、甲基丙基酮、甲基丁基酮、甲基異丁基酮、二異丁基酮、環戊酮等酮類;二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺等醯胺類;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、乙酸3-甲氧基丁酯、乙酸3-甲基-3-甲氧基丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯等乙酸酯類;甲苯、二甲苯、己烷、環己烷等芳香族或脂肪族烴、γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、二甲基亞碸等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就塗佈性的觀點而言,較佳為組合作為大氣壓下的沸點超過150℃且250℃以下的溶媒的二丙酮醇或二乙二醇乙基甲醚與作為150℃以下的溶媒的丙二醇單甲醚。Examples of the solvent include: alcohols such as isopropyl alcohol and diacetone alcohol; glycols such as ethylene glycol and propylene glycol; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, Propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether and other ethers; methyl ethyl ketone, acetyl acetone, methyl propyl ketone, methyl butyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone , diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone and other ketones; dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide and other amides; ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethyl acetate Glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate Acetic esters such as toluene, xylene, hexane, cyclohexane and other aromatic or aliphatic hydrocarbons, γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, from the viewpoint of coatability, it is preferable to combine diacetone alcohol or diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether as a solvent having a boiling point under atmospheric pressure of more than 150°C and 250°C or lower, and a solvent having a boiling point of 150°C or lower. Propylene glycol monomethyl ether as solvent.

溶媒的含量可根據塗佈方法等任意設定。例如於藉由旋塗進行膜形成的情況下,溶媒的含量一般設為於樹脂組成物中為50重量%以上且95重量%以下。The content of the solvent can be set arbitrarily according to the coating method, etc. For example, when forming a film by spin coating, the content of the solvent in the resin composition is generally set to 50% by weight or more and 95% by weight or less.

本發明的樹脂組成物例如可藉由將所述樹脂、感光劑、黃色前驅物化合物、遮光顏料及視需要的其他成分混合來製造。The resin composition of the present invention can be produced, for example, by mixing the resin, a photosensitizer, a yellow precursor compound, a light-shielding pigment, and other optional components.

其次,對本發明的遮光膜進行說明。Next, the light-shielding film of the present invention will be described.

本發明的遮光膜是將所述本發明的樹脂組成物硬化而獲得。除了後述的隔壁(A-1)之外,本發明的遮光膜亦可較佳地用作覆蓋基材用裝飾圖案等單片玻璃解決方案(One Glass Solution,OGS)型觸控面板中的遮光圖案。遮光膜的膜厚較佳為5 μm以上,進而佳為10 μm以上。The light-shielding film of the present invention is obtained by curing the resin composition of the present invention. In addition to the partition wall (A-1) described below, the light-shielding film of the present invention can also be preferably used as a light-shielding film in a One Glass Solution (OGS) type touch panel such as covering a decorative pattern for a base material. pattern. The film thickness of the light-shielding film is preferably 5 μm or more, and more preferably 10 μm or more.

其次,對本發明的遮光膜的製造方法進行舉例說明。本發明的遮光膜的製造方法較佳為依次包括:製膜步驟,於基底基板上塗佈本發明的樹脂組成物並乾燥而獲得乾燥膜;曝光步驟,對獲得的乾燥膜進行圖案曝光;顯影步驟,溶解去除曝光後的乾燥膜中可溶於顯影液的部分;以及加熱步驟,藉由對顯影後的乾燥膜進行加熱而使其硬化,於所述加熱步驟中,藉由將顯影後的乾燥膜於100℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下進行加熱,使利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的b*值上升10以上。Next, the manufacturing method of the light-shielding film of this invention is demonstrated with an example. The manufacturing method of the light-shielding film of the present invention preferably includes in sequence: a film-making step of coating the resin composition of the present invention on a base substrate and drying to obtain a dry film; an exposure step of subjecting the obtained dry film to pattern exposure; development a step of dissolving and removing the portion of the exposed dry film that is soluble in the developer; and a heating step of hardening the developed dry film by heating it, and in the heating step, by heating the developed dry film The dried film is heated at a temperature between 100°C and 250°C to increase the b* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method by 10 or more.

本發明的遮光膜的製造方法的特徵在於,於所述加熱步驟中,藉由在100℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下對顯影後的乾燥膜進行加熱,使利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的b*值上升10以上。就進一步提高b*值的觀點而言,加熱步驟時的加熱溫度較佳為150℃以上,更佳為180℃以上。The method for manufacturing a light-shielding film of the present invention is characterized in that, in the heating step, the developed dry film is heated at a temperature of 100°C or more and 250°C or less, so that the thickness per 10 μm measured by the SCI method is reduced. The b* value of the film thickness increases by more than 10. From the viewpoint of further increasing the b* value, the heating temperature in the heating step is preferably 150°C or higher, more preferably 180°C or higher.

就抑制要加熱的膜產生裂紋的觀點而言,加熱步驟時的加熱溫度較佳為250℃以下,更佳為240℃以下。加熱時間較佳為15分鐘~2小時。From the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of cracks in the film to be heated, the heating temperature in the heating step is preferably 250°C or lower, more preferably 240°C or lower. The heating time is preferably 15 minutes to 2 hours.

由本發明的樹脂組成物形成的遮光膜於曝光時曝光光(波長區域365 nm~436 nm)的透過率高,且於圖案形成後b*值及波長區域400 nm~500 nm的OD值上升,因此於曝光步驟中充分地光硬化至底部,可獲得具有後述的較佳的錐角的隔壁。此外,於加熱步驟前,由於藍色顏料及紫色顏料,波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性高,於加熱步驟後,進一步提高波長區域400 nm~500 nm(藍色光)中的遮光性,因此可獲得兼具可見光整體的高遮光性與反射性的灰色隔壁。The light-shielding film formed of the resin composition of the present invention has high transmittance of exposure light (wavelength range 365 nm to 436 nm) during exposure, and after pattern formation, the b* value and the OD value in the wavelength range 400 nm to 500 nm increase. Therefore, by sufficiently photohardening to the bottom in the exposure step, it is possible to obtain partition walls with a preferable taper angle as described later. In addition, before the heating step, due to the blue pigment and purple pigment, the light-shielding property in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light) is high. After the heating step, the light-shielding property in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 500 nm (blue light) is further improved. It has light-shielding properties in colored light), so it is possible to obtain a gray partition that has both high light-shielding properties and reflectivity for visible light as a whole.

作為所述製膜步驟中的樹脂組成物的塗佈方法,例如可列舉狹縫塗佈法、旋塗法等。作為乾燥裝置,例如可列舉熱風烘箱或加熱板等。乾燥溫度較佳為80℃~120℃,乾燥時間較佳為1分鐘~60分鐘。本發明的樹脂組成物由於在100℃以上的加熱條件下膜的透過率發生變化,因此乾燥溫度更佳為80℃~100℃。Examples of the coating method of the resin composition in the film forming step include slit coating, spin coating, and the like. Examples of the drying device include a hot air oven and a heating plate. The drying temperature is preferably 80°C to 120°C, and the drying time is preferably 1 minute to 60 minutes. Since the transmittance of the film of the resin composition of the present invention changes under heating conditions of 100°C or above, the drying temperature is preferably 80°C to 100°C.

曝光步驟是藉由曝光使乾燥膜的必要部分光硬化,或者使乾燥膜的不需要的部分光分解,使乾燥膜的任意部分可溶於顯影液的步驟。於曝光步驟中,可經由具有規定的開口部的光罩進行曝光,亦可不使用光罩而使用雷射等直接描繪任意的圖案。The exposure step is a step in which necessary parts of the dry film are photohardened by exposure, or unnecessary parts of the dry film are photodecomposed to make any part of the dry film soluble in the developer. In the exposure step, exposure can be performed through a mask having a predetermined opening, or an arbitrary pattern can be directly drawn using a laser or the like without using a mask.

作為曝光裝置,例如可列舉近接式曝光機(proximity exposure machine)。作為於曝光步驟中照射的活性光線,例如可列舉近紅外線、可見光線、紫外線,較佳為紫外線。另外,作為其光源,例如可列舉低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈、鹵素燈(halogen lamp)、殺菌燈等,但較佳為高壓水銀燈、超高壓水銀燈。An example of the exposure device is a proximity exposure machine. Examples of active rays irradiated in the exposure step include near-infrared rays, visible rays, and ultraviolet rays, and ultraviolet rays are preferred. Examples of the light source include a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a halogen lamp, a germicidal lamp, and the like. However, a high-pressure mercury lamp or an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp is preferred.

曝光條件可根據要曝光的乾燥膜的厚度適宜選擇。一般而言,較佳為使用輸出為1 mW/cm 2~100 mW/cm 2的超高壓水銀燈,以1 mJ/cm 2~10,000 mJ/cm 2的曝光量進行曝光。 Exposure conditions can be appropriately selected according to the thickness of the dry film to be exposed. Generally speaking, it is better to use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp with an output of 1 mW/cm 2 to 100 mW/cm 2 and perform exposure at an exposure dose of 1 mJ/cm 2 to 10,000 mJ/cm 2 .

顯影步驟是利用顯影液溶解去除曝光後的乾燥膜中可溶於顯影液的部分,獲得僅殘存有不溶於顯影液的部分的、經圖案形成為任意的圖案形狀的乾燥膜(以下稱為加熱前圖案)的步驟。作為圖案形狀,例如可列舉格子狀、條紋狀、孔狀等形狀。The development step is to dissolve and remove the portion of the exposed dry film that is soluble in the developer by using the developer to obtain a dry film patterned into an arbitrary pattern shape in which only the portion insoluble in the developer remains (hereinafter referred to as heating). Pre-pattern) steps. Examples of pattern shapes include grid-like, striped, hole-like shapes, and the like.

作為顯影方法,例如可列舉浸漬法、噴霧法、塗刷法等。Examples of the development method include a dipping method, a spray method, a brushing method, and the like.

作為顯影液,可適宜選擇能夠溶解曝光後的乾燥膜中不需要的部分的溶媒,較佳為以水為主成分的水溶液。例如於樹脂組成物含有具有羧基的聚合物的情況下,作為顯影液,較佳為鹼水溶液。作為鹼水溶液,例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈣等無機鹼水溶液;四甲基氫氧化銨、三甲基苄基氫氧化銨等有機鹼水溶液等。該些中,就提高解析度的觀點而言,較佳為氫氧化鉀水溶液或氫氧化四甲銨水溶液。就提高顯影性的觀點而言,鹼水溶液的濃度較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.1重量%以上。另一方面,就抑制加熱前圖案的剝離或腐蝕的觀點而言,鹼水溶液的濃度較佳為5重量%以下,更佳為1重量%以下。另外,就提高解析度的觀點而言,顯影液中亦可含有界面活性劑。為了容易進行步驟管理,顯影溫度較佳為20℃~50℃。As the developer, a solvent capable of dissolving unnecessary parts of the dried film after exposure can be appropriately selected, and an aqueous solution containing water as the main component is preferred. For example, when the resin composition contains a polymer having a carboxyl group, an alkali aqueous solution is preferred as the developer. Examples of alkali aqueous solutions include inorganic alkali aqueous solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate and calcium hydroxide; organic alkali aqueous solutions such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide and trimethylbenzyl ammonium hydroxide. Among these, from the viewpoint of improving resolution, a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution or a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution is preferred. From the viewpoint of improving developability, the concentration of the alkali aqueous solution is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing peeling or corrosion of the pattern before heating, the concentration of the alkali aqueous solution is preferably 5% by weight or less, more preferably 1% by weight or less. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving resolution, the developer may contain a surfactant. In order to facilitate step management, the development temperature is preferably 20°C to 50°C.

加熱步驟是對在顯影步驟中形成的加熱前圖案進行加熱硬化的步驟。作為加熱裝置,例如可列舉加熱板、烘箱等。加熱裝置的環境並無特別限定,可列舉氮氣下、空氣下。較佳的加熱溫度及加熱時間如上所述。The heating step is a step of heating and hardening the pre-heated pattern formed in the development step. Examples of the heating device include a hot plate, an oven, and the like. The environment of the heating device is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include nitrogen and air. The preferred heating temperature and heating time are as described above.

其次,對本發明的帶隔壁的基板進行說明。Next, the substrate with partition walls of the present invention will be described.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板是藉由本發明的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁的帶隔壁的基板,較佳為波長區域430 nm~630 nm的每10 μm厚度的反射率為20%~50%的範圍內,且波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的每10 μm厚度的OD值為1.5~3.0的範圍內。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention is a substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate using the resin composition of the present invention. Preferably, the partition walls are patterned every 10 nm in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm. The reflectance of μm thickness is in the range of 20% to 50%, and the OD value per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is in the range of 1.5 to 3.0.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁(以下,有時記載為「隔壁(A-1)」)。基底基板具有作為帶隔壁的基板中的支持體的功能。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention has (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate (hereinafter, may be described as “bank walls (A-1)”). The base substrate functions as a support in the substrate with partition walls.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為更具有由(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁隔開而排列的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層。The substrate with barrier ribs of the present invention preferably further has (B) a pixel layer containing a color-converting luminescent material, separated by (A-1) patterned barrier ribs and arranged.

於具有含有後述的顏色變換發光材料的畫素的情況下,隔壁具有抑制鄰接畫素間的光混色的功能。When there are pixels containing a color-converting luminescent material described below, the partition walls have the function of suppressing color mixing of light between adjacent pixels.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板中,隔壁(A-1)較佳為波長區域430 nm~630 nm的每10 μm厚度的反射率為20%~50%的範圍內,且波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的每10 μm厚度的OD值為1.5~3.0的範圍內。藉由將波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率設為20%以上,將OD值設為3.0以下,可利用(A-1)隔壁側面的反射來提高顯示裝置的亮度。藉由將波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率設為50%以下,將OD值設為1.5以上,可抑制透過隔壁(A-1)的光,從而抑制相鄰畫素之間的光的混色。In the substrate with partition walls of the present invention, it is preferable that the partition wall (A-1) has a reflectance in the range of 20% to 50% per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm, and the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is The OD value per 10 μm thickness in the nm range is in the range of 1.5 to 3.0. By setting the reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm to 20% or more and setting the OD value to 3.0 or less, the brightness of the display device can be improved by utilizing the reflection from the side of the (A-1) partition wall. . By setting the reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range 430 nm to 630 nm to 50% or less and setting the OD value to 1.5 or more, the light transmitted through the partition wall (A-1) can be suppressed, thereby suppressing adjacent images. Mixing colors of light between elements.

另外,本發明的帶隔壁的基板藉由本發明的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有隔壁(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,較佳為利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值為50~70,a*值為-5.0~5.0,b*值為-5.0~5.0。藉由L*值、a*值、b*值為該範圍內,可於可見光整體(波長區域430 nm~630 nm)中,賦予隔壁(A-1)的反射率與OD值的波長依存性少的中性灰色隔壁,從而提高顯示器的顏色特性。In addition, the substrate with partition walls of the present invention has partition walls (A-1) patterned on the base substrate using the resin composition of the present invention, preferably L* per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method. The value is 50~70, the a* value is -5.0~5.0, and the b* value is -5.0~5.0. By keeping the L* value, a* value, and b* value within this range, wavelength dependence of the reflectance and OD value of the partition wall (A-1) can be given to the entire visible light (wavelength range 430 nm to 630 nm) There are fewer neutral gray partitions, thereby improving the color characteristics of the display.

圖1中示出具有經圖案形成的隔壁的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔壁2。FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional view of one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having patterned partition walls. The base substrate 1 has patterned partition walls 2 .

另外,本發明的帶隔壁的基板是於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁的帶隔壁的基板,較佳為所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。In addition, the substrate with partition walls of the present invention is a substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate. Preferably, the patterned partition walls contain a resin, a white pigment, and a blue pigment. , purple pigment, silver oxide and/or silver particles.

樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料、氧化銀、銀粒子可使用上述說明者。The resin, white pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment, silver oxide, and silver particles can be used as described above.

<基底基板> 作為基底基板,例如可列舉:玻璃板、樹脂板、樹脂膜、薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)或印刷電路板(Printed Circuit Board,PCB)等驅動基板等。作為玻璃板的材質,較佳為無鹼玻璃。作為樹脂板及樹脂膜的材質,較佳為聚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、透明聚醯亞胺、聚醚碸等。玻璃板及樹脂板的厚度較佳為1 mm以下,更佳為0.8 mm以下。樹脂膜的厚度較佳為100 μm以下。 <Base substrate> Examples of the base substrate include a glass plate, a resin plate, a resin film, a thin film transistor (TFT), a drive substrate such as a printed circuit board (PCB), and the like. As the material of the glass plate, alkali-free glass is preferred. As the material of the resin plate and the resin film, polyester, (meth)acrylic polymer, transparent polyimide, polyether styrene, etc. are preferred. The thickness of the glass plate and the resin plate is preferably 1 mm or less, more preferably 0.8 mm or less. The thickness of the resin film is preferably 100 μm or less.

再者,於使用TFT或PCB等驅動基板作為基底基板的情況下,較佳為於基底基板上更具有選自後述的有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源。Furthermore, when a driving substrate such as TFT or PCB is used as the base substrate, it is preferable to have a light source selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit and a micro LED unit described below on the base substrate.

<隔壁(A-1)> 所謂隔壁(A-1)的厚度是指隔壁(A-1)的高度及/或隔壁(A-1)的寬度。所謂隔壁(A-1)的高度是指隔壁(A-1)的與基底基板垂直的方向(高度方向)的長度。於圖1所示的帶隔壁的基板的情況下,隔壁2的高度由符號H表示。另外,所謂隔壁(A-1)的寬度是指隔壁(A-1)的與基底基板水平的方向的長度。於圖1所示的帶隔壁的基板的情況下,隔壁2的寬度由符號L表示。再者,於本說明書中,「高度」亦有時稱為「厚度」。 <Next door (A-1)> The thickness of the partition wall (A-1) refers to the height of the partition wall (A-1) and/or the width of the partition wall (A-1). The height of the partition wall (A-1) refers to the length of the partition wall (A-1) in a direction perpendicular to the base substrate (height direction). In the case of the substrate with partition walls shown in FIG. 1 , the height of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol H. In addition, the width of the partition wall (A-1) refers to the length of the partition wall (A-1) in a direction horizontal to the base substrate. In the case of the substrate with partition walls shown in FIG. 1 , the width of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol L. Furthermore, in this specification, "height" is sometimes called "thickness".

於本發明中,認為隔壁側面的反射率有助於顯示裝置的亮度提高,遮光性有助於混色抑制。另一方面,認為每厚度單位的反射率及OD值不論高度方向、寬度方向如何均相同,因此於本發明中,著眼於隔壁的每厚度單位的反射率及OD值。再者,如後所述,隔壁(A-1)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm~100 μm,寬度較佳為1 μm~100 μm。因此,於本發明中,選擇10 μm作為隔壁(A-1)的厚度的代表值,著眼於每10 μm厚度的反射率及OD值。In the present invention, it is considered that the reflectivity of the partition wall contributes to the improvement of the brightness of the display device, and the light-shielding property contributes to the suppression of color mixing. On the other hand, it is considered that the reflectance and OD value per thickness unit are the same regardless of the height direction and the width direction. Therefore, in the present invention, attention is paid to the reflectance and OD value per thickness unit of the partition wall. Furthermore, as will be described later, the thickness of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 0.5 μm to 100 μm, and the width is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm. Therefore, in the present invention, 10 μm is selected as a representative value of the thickness of the partition wall (A-1), and attention is paid to the reflectance and OD value per 10 μm thickness.

若波長區域430 nm~630 nm的每10 μm厚度的反射率未滿20%,則隔壁側面的反射變小,顯示裝置的亮度變得不充分。波長區域430 nm~630 nm的每10 μm厚度的反射率較佳為20%以上,更佳為25%以上,進而佳為30%以上。波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率越高,隔壁側面的可見光的反射越大,因此於在隔壁間含有後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素的情況下,顏色變換效率提高,可提高顯示裝置的亮度。If the reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is less than 20%, the reflection from the side walls of the partition walls becomes small, and the brightness of the display device becomes insufficient. The reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is preferably 20% or more, more preferably 25% or more, and further preferably 30% or more. The higher the reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm, the greater the reflection of visible light from the side walls of the barrier ribs. Therefore, when (B) a pixel containing a color-converting luminescent material described below is included between the barrier ribs, , the color conversion efficiency is improved and the brightness of the display device can be improved.

若波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的OD值未滿1.5,則由於可見光洩露至相鄰畫素,因此容易發生光的混色。波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的OD值較佳為1.5以上,更佳為1.7以上,進而佳為2.0以上。波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的OD值越高,隔壁側面的可見光的遮光性越大,因此於在隔壁間含有後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素的情況下,可有效率地遮光畫素內發出的光而防止混色,提高顯示裝置的對比度。If the OD value per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is less than 1.5, color mixing of light easily occurs because visible light leaks to adjacent pixels. The OD value per 10 μm of thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.7 or more, and still more preferably 2.0 or more. The higher the OD value per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm, the greater the visible light blocking property of the side walls of the barrier ribs. Therefore, in the case where (B) a pixel containing a color-converting luminescent material described below is included between the barrier ribs, It can effectively block the light emitted from the pixel to prevent color mixing and improve the contrast of the display device.

另外,隔壁(A-1)的特徵在於,利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值為50~70,a*值為-5.0~5.0,b*值為-5.0~5.0。若利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值未滿50,則隔壁側面的反射變小,顯示裝置的亮度變得不充分。若利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的a*值未滿-5.0,則隔壁呈綠色,若a*值超過5.0,則隔壁呈紅色,從而使顯示器的顏色特性惡化。另外,若利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的b*值未滿-5.0,則隔壁呈藍色,若b*值超過5.0,則隔壁呈黃色,從而成為使顯示器的顏色特性惡化的原因。即,藉由將利用SCI方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值設為50~70,a*值設為-5.0~5.0,b*值設為-5.0~5.0,於可見光整體(波長區域430 nm~630 nm)中,賦予隔壁(A-1)的反射率與OD值的波長依存性少的中性的灰色隔壁,從而可提高顯示器的顏色特性。In addition, the partition wall (A-1) is characterized by an L* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method of 50 to 70, an a* value of -5.0 to 5.0, and a b* value of -5.0 to 5.0. If the L* value per 10 μm of film thickness measured by the SCI method is less than 50, the reflection from the side walls of the partition walls becomes small and the brightness of the display device becomes insufficient. If the a* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method is less than -5.0, the partition walls will appear green. If the a* value exceeds 5.0, the partition walls will appear red, deteriorating the color characteristics of the display. In addition, if the b* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method is less than -5.0, the partition walls will appear blue, and if the b* value exceeds 5.0, the partition walls will appear yellow, which may cause deterioration in the color characteristics of the display. . That is, by setting the L* value per 10 μm film thickness measured by the SCI method to 50 to 70, the a* value to -5.0 to 5.0, and the b* value to -5.0 to 5.0, in the entire visible light (wavelength In the region 430 nm to 630 nm), the color characteristics of the display can be improved by providing neutral gray partition walls with little wavelength dependence in the reflectance and OD value of the partition wall (A-1).

關於隔壁(A-1)的波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率、以及每10 μm膜厚的L*值、a*值及b*值,可對厚度10 μm的隔壁(A-1),自上表面使用分光測色計(例如,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造的CM-2600d),藉由包含鏡面反射(Specular Component Included,SCI)模式進行測定。其中,於無法確保對於測定而言充分的面積的情況下,或者無法採取厚度10 μm的測定樣品的情況下,於隔壁(A-1)的組成已知的情況下,亦可製作與隔壁(A-1)相同組成的厚度10 μm的整體膜,代替隔壁(A-1)而對整體膜同樣地測定反射率,藉此求出每10 μm厚度的反射率。例如,亦可使用形成隔壁(A-1)的材料,將厚度設為10 μm,除不進行圖案形成以外藉由與隔壁(A-1)的形成相同的加工條件而製作整體膜,對所獲得的整體膜,自上表面同樣地測定反射率。Regarding the reflectance per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm of the partition wall (A-1), and the L* value, a* value, and b* value per 10 μm film thickness, it is possible to calculate The partition (A-1) is measured from the upper surface using a spectrophotometer (for example, CM-2600d manufactured by Konica Minolta (Konica Minolta) Co., Ltd.) by including the Specular Component Included (SCI) mode. Make a determination. However, when an area sufficient for measurement cannot be secured, or when a measurement sample with a thickness of 10 μm cannot be collected, when the composition of the partition wall (A-1) is known, it is also possible to produce a partition wall (A-1) similar to that of the partition wall (A-1). A-1) A whole film with a thickness of 10 μm of the same composition. Instead of the partition wall (A-1), the reflectance of the whole film is measured in the same way to determine the reflectance per 10 μm thickness. For example, the material for forming the partition wall (A-1) can also be used, and the thickness can be set to 10 μm, and a whole film can be produced under the same processing conditions as for the formation of the partition wall (A-1) except that pattern formation is not performed. The reflectance of the obtained whole film was measured similarly from the upper surface.

關於隔壁(A-1)的波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的OD值,可對厚度10 μm的隔壁(A-1),自上表面使用光學濃度計/分光光度計(例如,日立高科技(Hitachi High-Tech Science)製造的U-4100)測定透過率,藉由下述式(1)算出。其中,於無法確保對於測定而言充分的面積的情況下,或者無法採取厚度10 μm的測定樣品的情況下,於隔壁(A-1)的組成已知的情況下,亦可與反射率的測定同樣地,製作與隔壁(A-1)相同組成的厚度10 μm的整體膜,代替隔壁(A-1)而對整體膜同樣地測定OD值,藉此求出每10 μm厚度的OD值。 OD值=-log10(T/100) ···(1) T:透過率。 Regarding the OD value per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm of the partition wall (A-1), an optical density meter/spectrophotometer ( For example, the transmittance is measured using U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science) and calculated by the following formula (1). However, when an area sufficient for measurement cannot be secured, or when a measurement sample with a thickness of 10 μm cannot be collected, when the composition of the partition wall (A-1) is known, it may be combined with the reflectance. In the same manner as the measurement, a whole film with a thickness of 10 μm having the same composition as the partition wall (A-1) was produced. Instead of the partition wall (A-1), the OD value of the whole film was measured in the same manner to determine the OD value per 10 μm thickness. . OD value=-log10(T/100)···(1) T: transmittance.

再者,作為用於使反射率、OD值、L*值、a*值及b*值為所述範圍內的方法,例如可列舉將隔壁(A-1)設為後述的較佳組成等。In addition, as a method for making the reflectance, OD value, L* value, a* value, and b* value fall within the above ranges, for example, setting the partition wall (A-1) to a preferred composition described below can be used. .

隔壁(A-1)的錐角較佳為45°~110°。所謂隔壁(A-1)的錐角,是指隔壁剖面的側邊與底邊所成的角度。於圖1所示的帶隔壁的基板的情況下,隔壁2的錐角由符號θ表示。藉由將錐角設為45°以上,隔壁(A-1)的上部與底部的寬度之差變小,可容易地使隔壁(A-1)的寬度形成在後述的較佳的範圍內。錐角更佳為80°以上。另一方面,藉由將錐角設為110°以下,於藉由噴墨塗佈來形成後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素時,可抑制墨水的潰決,提高噴墨塗佈性。此處,所謂墨水的潰決,是指墨水越過隔壁而混入至相接的畫素部分的現象。錐角更佳為95°以下。關於隔壁(A-1)的錐角,可藉由使用光學顯微鏡(FE-SEM(例如,日立製作所(股)製造的S-4800)),以加速電壓3.0 kV、倍率2,500倍觀察隔壁(A-1)的任意剖面,測定隔壁(A-1)的剖面的側邊與底邊所成的角度來求出。The taper angle of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 45° to 110°. The taper angle of the partition wall (A-1) refers to the angle between the side and the bottom of the cross section of the partition wall. In the case of the substrate with partition walls shown in FIG. 1 , the taper angle of the partition walls 2 is represented by the symbol θ. By setting the taper angle to 45° or more, the difference in width between the upper part and the bottom of the partition wall (A-1) becomes smaller, and the width of the partition wall (A-1) can be easily formed within a preferable range described below. The cone angle is preferably more than 80°. On the other hand, by setting the taper angle to 110° or less, when forming (B) a pixel containing a color-converting luminescent material described later by inkjet coating, ink bursting can be suppressed and inkjet coating can be improved. sex. Here, ink bursting refers to a phenomenon in which ink crosses the partition wall and mixes into adjacent pixel portions. The cone angle is preferably 95° or less. The taper angle of the partition wall (A-1) can be observed by using an optical microscope (FE-SEM (for example, S-4800 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)) at an accelerating voltage of 3.0 kV and a magnification of 2,500 times. -1) is obtained by measuring the angle between the side and the bottom of the cross section of the partition wall (A-1).

再者,作為用於使隔壁(A-1)的錐角為所述範圍內的方法,例如可列舉將隔壁(A-1)設為後述的較佳組成、使用本發明的樹脂組成物來形成等。In addition, as a method for making the taper angle of the partition wall (A-1) fall within the above range, for example, setting the partition wall (A-1) to a preferable composition described below and using the resin composition of the present invention can be used. Formation etc.

關於隔壁(A-1)的厚度,於帶隔壁的基板具有後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素的情況下,較佳為大於所述畫素的厚度。具體而言,隔壁(A-1)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上,更佳為5.0 μm以上,進而佳為10 μm以上。另一方面,就效率更良好地提取畫素底部的發光的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)的厚度較佳為100 μm以下,更佳為50 μm以下。另外,隔壁(A-1)的寬度較佳為足以用於利用隔壁側面的光反射來進一步提高亮度且進一步抑制漏光所引起的鄰接畫素的光混色。具體而言,隔壁的寬度較佳為1 μm以上,更佳為5 μm以上。另一方面,就更多地確保畫素的發光區域而進一步提高亮度的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)的寬度較佳為100 μm以下,更佳為50 μm以下。The thickness of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably greater than the thickness of the pixel when the substrate with the partition wall has a pixel containing a color-converting luminescent material (B) described below. Specifically, the thickness of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 5.0 μm or more, and further preferably 10 μm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of more efficiently extracting the light emission from the bottom of the pixel, the thickness of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 100 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less. In addition, the width of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably sufficient to utilize light reflection from the side surfaces of the partition wall to further increase the brightness and further suppress color mixing of light in adjacent pixels caused by light leakage. Specifically, the width of the partition wall is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 5 μm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of ensuring more of the light-emitting area of the pixel and further improving the brightness, the width of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 100 μm or less, and more preferably 50 μm or less.

隔壁(A-1)具有與圖像顯示裝置的畫面尺寸相對應的規定畫素數的重覆圖案。作為圖像顯示裝置的畫素數,例如可列舉橫4000個、縱2000個。畫素數影響所顯示的圖像的解析度(精細度)。因此,需要形成與所要求的圖像的解析度及圖像顯示裝置的畫面尺寸相對應的數量的畫素,較佳為與其一併決定隔壁的圖案形成尺寸。The partition wall (A-1) has a repeating pattern of a predetermined number of pixels corresponding to the screen size of the image display device. The number of pixels of the image display device is, for example, 4000 horizontally and 2000 vertically. The number of pixels affects the resolution (fineness) of the displayed image. Therefore, it is necessary to form a number of pixels corresponding to the required image resolution and the screen size of the image display device, and it is preferable to determine the pattern formation size of the partition walls together with these.

隔壁(A-1)較佳為含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料、以及氧化銀及/或銀粒子。樹脂具有提高隔壁的耐裂紋性及耐光性的功能。白色顏料具有進一步提高隔壁的反射率的功能。藍色顏料及紫色顏料具有進一步提高隔壁的波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性的功能。氧化銀及/或銀粒子具有進一步提高隔壁的波長區域380 nm~500 nm(藍色光)的遮光性的功能。The partition wall (A-1) preferably contains resin, white pigment, blue pigment and purple pigment, and silver oxide and/or silver particles. Resin has the function of improving the crack resistance and light resistance of partition walls. The white pigment has the function of further increasing the reflectivity of the partition wall. The blue pigment and the purple pigment have the function of further improving the light-shielding property of the partition in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light). Silver oxide and/or silver particles have the function of further improving the light-shielding property of the partition wall in the wavelength range of 380 nm to 500 nm (blue light).

樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料及紫色顏料如作為構成樹脂組成物的材料於上文說明般。The resin, white pigment, blue pigment and purple pigment are as described above as materials constituting the resin composition.

就提高熱處理中的隔壁的耐裂紋性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的樹脂的含量較佳為10重量%以上,更佳為20重量%以上。另一方面,就提高耐光性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的樹脂的含量較佳為60重量%以下,更佳為50重量%以下。From the viewpoint of improving the crack resistance of the partition wall during heat treatment, the content of the resin in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 20% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving light resistance, the content of the resin in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 50% by weight or less.

就進一步提高反射率的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的白色顏料的含量較佳為10重量%以上,更佳為15重量%以上。另一方面,就提高隔壁的表面平滑性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的白色顏料的含量較佳為60重量%以下,更佳為55重量%以下。From the viewpoint of further improving the reflectance, the content of the white pigment in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 10% by weight or more, more preferably 15% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the surface smoothness of the partition walls, the content of the white pigment in the partition walls (A-1) is preferably 60% by weight or less, more preferably 55% by weight or less.

就提高特定波長的光的遮光性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的藍色顏料及紫色顏料的含量較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.05重量%以上,進而佳為0.10重量%以上。另一方面,就不損害隔壁的反射率的觀點而言,較佳為3.0重量%以下,更佳為1.0重量%以下,進而佳為0.75重量%以下。From the viewpoint of improving the light-shielding property of a specific wavelength, the content of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.05% by weight or more, and even more preferably 0.10% More than % by weight. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of not impairing the reflectivity of the partition wall, it is preferably 3.0% by weight or less, more preferably 1.0% by weight or less, and even more preferably 0.75% by weight or less.

隔壁(A-1)中的藍色顏料及紫色顏料的重量比較佳為20/80~80/20。藉由將藍色顏料及紫色顏料的重量比設為20/80~80/20,可兼具顏料的分散性及波長區域500 nm~630 nm(綠色光~紅色光)的遮光性。藍色顏料及紫色顏料的重量比更佳為30/70~70/30,進而佳為50/50~65/35。The weight ratio of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the partition (A-1) is preferably 20/80 to 80/20. By setting the weight ratio of the blue pigment to the purple pigment to 20/80 to 80/20, it is possible to achieve both pigment dispersion and light-shielding properties in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 630 nm (green light to red light). The weight ratio of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is more preferably 30/70 to 70/30, and further preferably 50/50 to 65/35.

所謂氧化銀及/或銀粒子是指藉由所述樹脂組成物中的有機銀化合物於曝光步驟及/或加熱步驟中分解、凝聚而產生的黃色粒子或黃色粒子與黑色粒子的混合粒子。就將反射率及OD調整為所述範圍來進一步抑制鄰接畫素中的光混色的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的氧化銀及/或銀粒子的含量較佳為0.1重量%以上,更佳為0.4重量%以上。另一方面,就將反射率及OD調整為所述範圍的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的氧化銀及/或銀粒子的含量較佳為10重量%以下,更佳為3.0重量%以下。The so-called silver oxide and/or silver particles refer to yellow particles or mixed particles of yellow particles and black particles produced by the decomposition and aggregation of the organic silver compound in the resin composition during the exposure step and/or the heating step. From the viewpoint of adjusting the reflectance and OD to the above ranges to further suppress light color mixing in adjacent pixels, the content of silver oxide and/or silver particles in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 0.1% by weight or more. , more preferably 0.4% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of adjusting the reflectance and OD to the above ranges, the content of silver oxide and/or silver particles in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 3.0% by weight. %the following.

另外,較佳為隔壁(A-1)中的氧化銀及/或銀粒子的重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.2~20,且藍色顏料及紫色顏料於固體成分中所佔的合計重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.05~10。藉由設為該比率,可獲得可見光整體(波長區域430 nm~630 nm)的高遮光性與高反射性優異的灰色隔壁圖案。更佳為隔壁(A-1)中的氧化銀及/或銀粒子的重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.5~10,且藍色顏料及紫色顏料於固體成分中所佔的合計重量相對於白色顏料的重量100而為0.1~5。In addition, it is preferable that the weight of silver oxide and/or silver particles in the partition wall (A-1) is 0.2 to 20 with respect to 100 of the weight of the white pigment, and the total of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the solid content is preferably The weight is 0.05 to 10 relative to the weight of 100 white pigments. By setting this ratio, it is possible to obtain a gray barrier pattern with excellent light-shielding properties and high reflectivity in the entire visible light range (wavelength range 430 nm to 630 nm). More preferably, the weight of the silver oxide and/or silver particles in the partition wall (A-1) is 0.5 to 10 relative to the weight of the white pigment 100, and the total weight of the blue pigment and the purple pigment in the solid content is relatively It is 0.1 to 5 based on 100 weight of white pigment.

隔壁(A-1)較佳為更含有撥液化合物。藉由含有撥液化合物,可對隔壁(A-1)賦予撥液性能,例如於形成後述的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素時,可容易地向各個畫素分開塗佈組成不同的顏色變換發光材料。撥液化合物如作為構成樹脂組成物的材料於上文所述般。The partition wall (A-1) preferably contains a liquid-repellent compound. By containing a liquid-repellent compound, liquid-repellent properties can be imparted to the partition wall (A-1). For example, when forming a pixel containing a color-converting luminescent material (B) described below, it is possible to easily separately apply materials with different compositions to each pixel. color changing luminescent material. The liquid-repellent compound is as described above as a material constituting the resin composition.

就提高隔壁的撥液性能、提高噴墨塗佈性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的撥液化合物的含量較佳為0.01重量%以上,更佳為0.1重量%以上。另一方面,就提高與樹脂或白色顏料的相容性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)中的撥液化合物的含量較佳為10重量%以下,更佳為5重量%以下。From the viewpoint of improving the liquid-repellent performance of the partition wall and improving the inkjet coatability, the content of the liquid-repellent compound in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 0.01% by weight or more, more preferably 0.1% by weight or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with resin or white pigment, the content of the liquid-repellent compound in the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less.

就提高噴墨塗佈性、使顏色變換發光材料的分開塗佈容易的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)相對於丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯的表面接觸角較佳為10°以上,更佳為20°以上,進而佳為40°以上。另一方面,就提高隔壁與基底基板的密接性的觀點而言,隔壁(A-1)的表面接觸角較佳為70°以下,更佳為60°以下。此處,隔壁(A-1)的表面接觸角可依據日本工業標準(Japanese Industrial Standards,JIS)R3257(製定年月日=1999/04/20)中規定的基板玻璃表面的潤濕性試驗方法,對隔壁上部進行測定。再者,作為使隔壁(A-1)的表面接觸角為所述範圍內的方法,例如可列舉使用所述撥液化合物的方法等。From the viewpoint of improving inkjet coating properties and facilitating separate coating of the color-changing luminescent material, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) with respect to propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 10° or more, and more preferably Preferably it is 20° or more, and further preferably it is 40° or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion between the partition wall and the base substrate, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) is preferably 70° or less, more preferably 60° or less. Here, the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) can be based on the wettability test method of the substrate glass surface specified in Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) R3257 (date of establishment = 1999/04/20) , measure the upper part of the partition. In addition, as a method of making the surface contact angle of the partition wall (A-1) fall within the said range, the method of using the said liquid-repellent compound etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為於基底基板上圖案形成隔壁(A-1)的方法,就圖案形狀的調整容易的方面而言,較佳為感光性糊劑法。作為利用感光性糊劑法圖案形成隔壁的方法,例如較佳為如下方法,包括:塗佈步驟,於基底基板上塗佈所述樹脂組成物並乾燥而獲得乾燥膜;曝光步驟,根據所期望的圖案形狀對所獲得的乾燥膜進行圖案曝光;顯影步驟,溶解去除曝光後的乾燥膜中的可溶於顯影液的部分;以及加熱步驟,使顯影後的隔壁硬化。樹脂組成物較佳為具有負型或正型的感光性。圖案曝光可經由具有規定的開口部的光罩進行曝光,亦可不使用光罩,而使用雷射光等直接描繪任意的圖案。再者,於帶隔壁的基板具有後述的彩色濾光片及/或遮光隔壁(A-2)的情況下,可於彩色濾光片及/或遮光隔壁(A-2)上同樣地圖案形成隔壁(A-1)。關於各步驟,如作為遮光膜的製造方法於上文說明般。As a method for patterning partition walls (A-1) on a base substrate, a photosensitive paste method is preferred in terms of ease of adjustment of the pattern shape. As a method for pattern forming partition walls using a photosensitive paste method, for example, the following method is preferred, including: a coating step of applying the resin composition on a base substrate and drying to obtain a dry film; and an exposure step of Pattern exposure is performed on the obtained dry film according to the pattern shape; a development step is to dissolve and remove the portion of the exposed dry film that is soluble in the developer solution; and a heating step is to harden the developed partition walls. The resin composition preferably has negative or positive photosensitivity. Pattern exposure may be performed through a mask having a predetermined opening, or an arbitrary pattern may be directly drawn using laser light or the like without using a mask. Furthermore, when the substrate with partition walls has a color filter and/or a light-shielding partition wall (A-2) described later, a similar pattern can be formed on the color filter and/or the light-shielding partition wall (A-2). Next door (A-1). Each step is as described above as a method for manufacturing a light-shielding film.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為更具有由所述隔壁(A-1)隔開而排列的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(以下,有時記載為「畫素(B)」)。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further includes (B) pixels containing a color-converting luminescent material (hereinafter, sometimes described as "pixels (B)") and arranged separated by the partition walls (A-1). ”).

畫素(B)具有藉由變換入射光的波長區域的至少一部分並放出與入射光不同的波長區域的出射光,從而能夠進行彩色顯示的功能。The pixel (B) has a function of enabling color display by converting at least part of the wavelength range of incident light and emitting outgoing light in a wavelength range different from that of the incident light.

圖2中示出具有經圖案形成的隔壁(A-1)及畫素(B)的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔壁2,於由隔壁2隔開的區域排列有畫素3。FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view of one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having patterned partition walls (A-1) and pixels (B). The base substrate 1 has patterned partition walls 2 , and pixels 3 are arranged in areas separated by the partition walls 2 .

顏色變換材料較佳為含有選自無機螢光體及有機螢光體中的螢光體。The color conversion material preferably contains a phosphor selected from inorganic phosphors and organic phosphors.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板例如可將發出藍色光的背光與形成於TFT上的液晶及畫素(B)組合,作為顯示裝置使用。該情況下,在與紅色畫素對應的區域中較佳為含有被藍色的激發光激發而發出紅色的螢光的紅色用螢光體。同樣地,在與綠色畫素對應的區域中較佳為含有被藍色的激發光激發而發出綠色的螢光的綠色用螢光體。在與藍色畫素對應的區域中較佳為不含有螢光體。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention can be used as a display device by combining a backlight that emits blue light with a liquid crystal and a pixel (B) formed on a TFT. In this case, the region corresponding to the red pixel preferably contains a red phosphor that is excited by blue excitation light and emits red fluorescence. Similarly, the area corresponding to the green pixel preferably contains a green phosphor that is excited by blue excitation light and emits green fluorescence. It is preferable that the area corresponding to the blue pixel does not contain phosphor.

作為無機螢光體,較佳為藉由藍色的激發光而發出綠色或紅色等各種顏色的螢光體,即,被波長400 nm~500 nm的激發光激發、發光光譜在500 nm~700 nm的區域具有峰值的螢光體。作為所述無機螢光體,例如可列舉:釔鋁石榴石(Yttrium Aluminum Garnet,YAG)系螢光體、鋱鋁石榴石(Terbium Aluminium Garnet,TAG)系螢光體、矽鋁氮氧化物(Sialon)系螢光體、Mn 4+活性氟化物錯合物螢光體、被稱為量子點的無機半導體等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,較佳為量子點。與其他螢光體相比,量子點的平均粒徑小,因此可使(B)畫素的表面平滑化,抑制表面的光散射,因此可進一步提高光的取出效率,進一步提高亮度。 The inorganic phosphor is preferably a phosphor that emits various colors such as green or red by blue excitation light, that is, one that is excited by excitation light with a wavelength of 400 nm to 500 nm and has an emission spectrum of 500 nm to 700 nm. A phosphor with a peak in the nm region. Examples of the inorganic phosphor include: yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) based phosphor, terbium aluminum garnet (TAG) based phosphor, silicon aluminum oxynitride ( Sialon) based phosphors, Mn 4+ active fluoride complex phosphors, inorganic semiconductors called quantum dots, etc. Two or more of these compounds may also be used. Among these, quantum dots are preferred. Compared with other phosphors, the average particle size of quantum dots is small, so it can smooth the surface of (B) pixels and suppress light scattering on the surface, so it can further improve the light extraction efficiency and further increase the brightness.

作為量子點的材料,例如可列舉II-IV族、III-V族、IV-VI族、IV族的半導體等。作為該些無機半導體,例如可列舉:Si、Ge、Sn、Se、Te、B、C(包含金剛石)、P、BN、BP、BAs、AlN、AlP、AlAs、AlSb、GaN、GaP、GaAs、GaSb、InN、InP、InAs、InSb、ZnO、ZnS、ZnSe、ZnTe、CdS、CdSe、CdSeZn、CdTe、HgS、HgSe、HgTe、BeS、BeSe、BeTe、MgS、MgSe、GeS、GeSe、GeTe、SnS、SnSe、SnTe、PbO、PbS、PbSe、PbTe、Si 3N 4、Ge 3N 4、Al 2O 3等。亦可使用兩種以上該些化合物。 Examples of quantum dot materials include Group II-IV, Group III-V, Group IV-VI, and Group IV semiconductors. Examples of these inorganic semiconductors include: Si, Ge, Sn, Se, Te, B, C (including diamond), P, BN, BP, BAs, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, InSb, ZnO, ZnS, ZnSe, ZnTe, CdS, CdSe, CdSeZn, CdTe, HgS, HgSe, HgTe, BeS, BeSe, BeTe, MgS, MgSe, GeS, GeSe, GeTe, SnS, SnSe, SnTe, PbO, PbS, PbSe, PbTe, Si 3 N 4 , Ge 3 N 4 , Al 2 O 3 , etc. Two or more of these compounds may also be used.

作為有機螢光體,較佳為藉由藍色的激發光而發出綠色或紅色等各種顏色的螢光體。作為發出紅色的螢光的螢光體,可列舉具有下述結構式(8)所表示的基本骨架的吡咯亞甲基衍生物,作為發出綠色的螢光的螢光體,可列舉具有下述結構式(9)所表示的基本骨架的吡咯亞甲基衍生物等。除此以外,可列舉藉由取代基的選擇而發出紅色或綠色的螢光的苝系衍生物、卟啉系衍生物、噁嗪系衍生物、吡嗪系衍生物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就量子產率高的方面而言,較佳為吡咯亞甲基衍生物。吡咯亞甲基衍生物例如可藉由日本專利特開2011-241160號公報中記載的方法而獲得。As the organic phosphor, a phosphor that emits various colors such as green or red by blue excitation light is preferred. Examples of phosphors that emit red fluorescence include pyrromethene derivatives having a basic skeleton represented by the following structural formula (8). Examples of phosphors that emit green fluorescence include the following compounds: Pyrromethene derivatives with a basic skeleton represented by structural formula (9), etc. In addition, perylene-based derivatives, porphyrin-based derivatives, oxazine-based derivatives, pyrazine-based derivatives, etc. that emit red or green fluorescence depending on the selection of substituents can be cited. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, the pyrrromethylene derivative is preferred in terms of high quantum yield. The pyrrromethylene derivative can be obtained, for example, by the method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-241160.

[化7] [Chemical 7]

就提高顏色特性的觀點而言,畫素(B)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上,更佳為1 μm以上。另一方面,就顯示裝置的薄型化或曲面加工性的觀點而言,畫素(B)的厚度較佳為30 μm以下,更佳為20 μm以下。From the viewpoint of improving color characteristics, the thickness of the pixel (B) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of thinning the display device or curved surface processability, the thickness of the pixel (B) is preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less.

畫素(B)較佳為由隔壁(A-1)隔開而排列。藉由於畫素與畫素之間設置隔壁,可進一步抑制發出的光的擴散或混色。The pixels (B) are preferably arranged separated by partition walls (A-1). By providing partition walls between pixels, the diffusion or color mixing of emitted light can be further suppressed.

作為畫素(B)的形成方法,例如可列舉將含有顏色變換發光材料的塗液(以下,顏色變換發光材料塗液)填充至由隔壁(A-1)隔開的空間中的方法。顏色變換發光材料塗液亦可更含有樹脂或溶媒。An example of a method of forming the pixel (B) is a method of filling a space separated by the partition wall (A-1) with a coating liquid containing a color-converting luminescent material (hereinafter, color-converting luminescent material coating liquid). The color-changing luminescent material coating liquid may further contain resin or solvent.

作為顏色變換發光材料塗液的填充方法,可列舉光微影法、噴墨法等,但就容易向各畫素分開塗佈種類不同的顏色變換發光材料的觀點而言,較佳為噴墨塗佈法等。Examples of filling methods for the color-converting luminescent material coating liquid include photolithography, inkjet, and the like. However, from the viewpoint of easily applying different types of color-converting luminescent materials to each pixel, inkjet is preferred. Coating method, etc.

<遮光隔壁(A-2)> 本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於所述基底基板與(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁之間更具有(A-2)每1.0 μm厚度的OD值為0.5以上的、經圖案形成的隔壁(以下,有時記載為「遮光隔壁(A-2)」)。藉由具有遮光隔壁(A-2),可提高遮光性,抑制背光的漏光,獲得高對比度且鮮明的圖像。 <Light-shielding partition (A-2)> The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably has (A-2) an OD value per 1.0 μm of thickness of 0.5 or more between the base substrate and (A-1) patterned partition walls. partition wall (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "light-shielding partition wall (A-2)"). By having a light-shielding partition (A-2), light-shielding properties can be improved, light leakage of the backlight can be suppressed, and a high-contrast and clear image can be obtained.

圖3中示出表示具有遮光隔壁的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔壁2及遮光隔壁4,於由隔壁2及遮光隔壁4隔開的區域排列有畫素3。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having light-shielding partition walls. The base substrate 1 has patterned partition walls 2 and light-shielding partitions 4, and pixels 3 are arranged in areas separated by the partition walls 2 and the light-shielding partitions 4.

遮光隔壁(A-2)的每1.0 μm厚度的OD值為0.5以上。此處,遮光隔壁(A-2)的厚度如後所述,較佳為0.5 μm~10 μm。於本發明中,選擇1.0 μm作為遮光隔壁(A-2)的厚度的代表值,著眼於每1.0 μm厚度的OD值。藉由將每1.0 μm厚度的OD值設為0.5以上,可進一步提高遮光性,獲得更高對比度且鮮明的圖像。另一方面,較佳為每1.0 μm厚度的OD值為4.0以下,可提高圖案加工性。遮光隔壁(A-2)的OD值可與所述隔壁(A-1)的OD值同樣地測定。The OD value per 1.0 μm thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) is 0.5 or more. Here, the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) is preferably 0.5 μm to 10 μm, as will be described later. In the present invention, 1.0 μm is selected as a representative value of the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2), and attention is paid to the OD value per 1.0 μm thickness. By setting the OD value per 1.0 μm thickness to 0.5 or more, the light-shielding property can be further improved and a higher-contrast, clear image can be obtained. On the other hand, the OD value per 1.0 μm thickness is preferably 4.0 or less, so that pattern processability can be improved. The OD value of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) can be measured in the same manner as the OD value of the partition wall (A-1).

就提高遮光性的觀點而言,遮光隔壁(A-2)的厚度較佳為0.5 μm以上。另一方面,就提高平坦性的觀點而言,遮光隔壁(A-2)的厚度較佳為10 μm以下。另外,遮光隔壁(A-2)的寬度較佳為與所述隔壁(A-1)為相同程度。From the viewpoint of improving light-shielding properties, the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) is preferably 0.5 μm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving flatness, the thickness of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) is preferably 10 μm or less. In addition, the width of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2) is preferably approximately the same as that of the partition wall (A-1).

遮光隔壁(A-2)較佳為含有樹脂及黑色顏料。樹脂具有提高隔壁的耐裂紋性及耐光性的功能。黑色顏料具有吸收入射的光且減少射出光的功能。The light-shielding partition (A-2) preferably contains resin and black pigment. Resin has the function of improving the crack resistance and light resistance of partition walls. Black pigment has the function of absorbing incident light and reducing emitted light.

作為樹脂,可列舉作為上述樹脂組成物中的樹脂而例示者。由於耐熱性及耐溶媒性優異,因此較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物、聚醯亞胺。Examples of the resin include those exemplified as the resin in the above-mentioned resin composition. Since they have excellent heat resistance and solvent resistance, (meth)acrylic polymers and polyimides are preferred.

作為黑色顏料,可列舉作為所述樹脂組成物中的黑色顏料而例示的顏料、氧化鈀、氧化鉑、氧化金、氧化銀等。就具有高遮光性的方面而言,較佳為選自氮化鈦、氮化鋯、碳黑。Examples of the black pigment include the pigments exemplified as the black pigment in the resin composition, palladium oxide, platinum oxide, gold oxide, silver oxide, and the like. In terms of having high light-shielding properties, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of titanium nitride, zirconium nitride, and carbon black.

作為於基底基板上圖案形成遮光隔壁(A-2)的方法,例如較佳為使用日本專利特開2015-1654號公報中記載的感光性材料,與所述隔壁(A-1)同樣地藉由感光性糊劑法進行圖案形成的方法。As a method of patterning the light-shielding barrier ribs (A-2) on the base substrate, for example, it is preferable to use the photosensitive material described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-1654, and use the same method as the barrier ribs (A-1). A method of pattern formation using a photosensitive paste method.

另外,本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於基底基板與所述(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層之間更具有厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片層(以下,有時記載為「彩色濾光片」)。彩色濾光片具有使特定波長區域的可見光透過並將透過光設為所期望的色相的功能。藉由具有彩色濾光片,可提高顯示裝置的色純度。藉由將彩色濾光片的厚度設為1 μm以上,可進一步提高色純度。另一方面,藉由將彩色濾光片的厚度設為5 μm以下,可進一步提高亮度。In addition, the substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has a color filter layer with a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm (hereinafter, there is recorded as "color filter"). The color filter has the function of transmitting visible light in a specific wavelength range and setting the transmitted light to a desired hue. By having a color filter, the color purity of the display device can be improved. By setting the thickness of the color filter to 1 μm or more, color purity can be further improved. On the other hand, by setting the thickness of the color filter to 5 μm or less, the brightness can be further improved.

圖4中示出具有彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上具有經圖案形成的隔壁2及彩色濾光片5,於彩色濾光片5上具有畫素3。FIG. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having a color filter. The base substrate 1 has patterned partition walls 2 and a color filter 5 , and the color filter 5 has a pixel 3 .

作為彩色濾光片,例如可列舉:用於液晶顯示器等平板顯示器,且使用在光致抗蝕劑中分散有顏料的顏料分散型材料的彩色濾光片等。更具體而言,可列舉:選擇性地透過400 nm~550 nm的波長的藍色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過500 nm~600 nm的波長的綠色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過500 nm以上的波長的黃色彩色濾光片、選擇性地透過600 nm以上的波長的紅色彩色濾光片等。Examples of the color filter include color filters that are used in flat-panel displays such as liquid crystal displays and that use a pigment-dispersed material in which a pigment is dispersed in a photoresist. More specifically, examples include: a blue color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 400 nm to 550 nm, a green color filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 500 nm to 600 nm, a filter that selectively transmits a wavelength of 500 nm Yellow color filters with wavelengths above nm, red color filters that selectively transmit wavelengths above 600 nm, etc.

另外,彩色濾光片可與含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(B)隔離地積層,亦可一體化地積層。In addition, the color filter may be laminated separately from the pixel (B) containing the color-changing luminescent material, or may be laminated integrally.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於基底基板與所述畫素(B)之間更具有由遮光隔壁隔開的厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has a color filter with a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm separated by a light-shielding partition between the base substrate and the pixel (B).

圖5中示出具有由遮光隔壁隔開的彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上具有由經圖案形成的遮光隔壁4隔開的彩色濾光片5,於其上具有隔壁2及畫素3。FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having color filters separated by light-shielding partition walls. A color filter 5 separated by a patterned light-shielding partition wall 4 is provided on the base substrate 1, and has a partition wall 2 and a pixel 3 thereon.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於畫素(B)的上部或下部更具有(C)波長550 nm下的折射率為1.20~1.35的低折射率層(以下,有時記載為「低折射率層(C)」)。藉由具有低折射率層(C),可進一步提高光的提取效率,進一步提高顯示裝置的亮度。The substrate with barrier ribs of the present invention preferably further has (C) a low refractive index layer (hereinafter, sometimes described as "low refractive index") with a refractive index of 1.20 to 1.35 at a wavelength of 550 nm above or below the pixel (B). Refractive index layer (C)"). By having the low refractive index layer (C), the light extraction efficiency can be further improved and the brightness of the display device can be further improved.

於顯示裝置中,就適度地抑制背光的光反射且效率良好地使光入射至畫素(B)的觀點而言,低折射率層(C)的折射率較佳為1.20以上。另一方面,就提高亮度的觀點而言,低折射率層(C)的折射率較佳為1.35以下。此處,關於低折射率層(C)的折射率,可使用稜鏡偶合器,於大氣壓下、20℃的條件下,自與硬化膜面垂直的方向照射波長550 nm的光進行測定。In the display device, from the viewpoint of appropriately suppressing light reflection of the backlight and efficiently allowing light to enter the pixel (B), the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (C) is preferably 1.20 or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving brightness, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (C) is preferably 1.35 or less. Here, the refractive index of the low refractive index layer (C) can be measured by irradiating light with a wavelength of 550 nm from the direction perpendicular to the cured film surface using a oscillation coupler under atmospheric pressure and 20°C.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於所述低折射率層(C)上更具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層I。藉由具有無機保護層I,大氣中的水分難以到達低折射率層(C),因此可抑制低折射率層(C)的折射率變動,抑制亮度劣化。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has an inorganic protective layer I with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm on the low refractive index layer (C). By having the inorganic protective layer I, it is difficult for moisture in the atmosphere to reach the low refractive index layer (C). Therefore, the refractive index variation of the low refractive index layer (C) can be suppressed and brightness degradation can be suppressed.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為在畫素(B)與彩色濾光片之間具有所述低折射率層(C),進而,較佳為於所述低折射率層(C)上更具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層(I)。藉由在畫素(B)與彩色濾光片之間具有所述低折射率層(C),發出的光的光提取提高效果變高,顯示器的亮度提高。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably has the low refractive index layer (C) between the pixel (B) and the color filter, and further, preferably on the low refractive index layer (C) It also has an inorganic protective layer (I) with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm. By having the low refractive index layer (C) between the pixel (B) and the color filter, the light extraction improvement effect of the emitted light becomes higher, and the brightness of the display is improved.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為在所述畫素(B)與所述低折射率層(C)之間更具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層(II)。藉由具有無機保護層(II),形成畫素(B)的原料不易自畫素(B)向低折射率層移動,因此可抑制低折射率層(C)的折射率變動,抑制亮度劣化。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has an inorganic protective layer (II) with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm between the pixel (B) and the low refractive index layer (C). By having the inorganic protective layer (II), the raw material forming the pixel (B) cannot easily move from the pixel (B) to the low refractive index layer, so the refractive index change of the low refractive index layer (C) can be suppressed and brightness degradation can be suppressed. .

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為在彩色濾光片與所述畫素(B)之間更具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層(III)及/或黃色有機保護層。藉由具有無機保護層(III),彩色濾光片的形成原料不易自彩色濾光片到達含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(B),因此可抑制含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(B)的亮度劣化。另外,藉由具有黃色有機保護層,可截止未被含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(B)完全變換的藍色洩漏光,提高顏色再現性。黃色有機保護層亦可不形成於相當於藍色畫素的畫素中。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has an inorganic protective layer (III) and/or a yellow organic protective layer with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm between the color filter and the pixel (B). By having the inorganic protective layer (III), the material forming the color filter cannot easily reach the pixel (B) containing the color-converting luminescent material from the color filter, and therefore the pixel (B) containing the color-converting luminescent material can be suppressed. The brightness is degraded. In addition, by having a yellow organic protective layer, blue leakage light that has not been completely converted by the pixel (B) containing the color-converting luminescent material can be cut off, thereby improving color reproducibility. The yellow organic protective layer does not need to be formed in the pixels corresponding to the blue pixels.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於所述基底基板上更具有厚度50 nm~1,000 nm的無機保護層(IV)及/或黃色有機保護層。無機保護層(IV)及/或黃色有機保護層作為折射率調整層發揮作用,可更有效率地提取自畫素(B)發出的光,進一步提高顯示裝置的亮度。另外,黃色有機保護層截止未被含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素(B)完全變換的藍色洩漏光,可提高顏色再現性。無機保護層(IV)及/或黃色有機保護層更佳為設置於基底基板與隔壁(A)及畫素(B)之間。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has an inorganic protective layer (IV) and/or a yellow organic protective layer with a thickness of 50 nm to 1,000 nm on the base substrate. The inorganic protective layer (IV) and/or the yellow organic protective layer functions as a refractive index adjustment layer, which can more efficiently extract the light emitted from the pixel (B), further improving the brightness of the display device. In addition, the yellow organic protective layer blocks blue leakage light that has not been completely converted by the pixel (B) containing the color-converting luminescent material, thereby improving color reproducibility. The inorganic protective layer (IV) and/or the yellow organic protective layer is preferably disposed between the base substrate, the partition wall (A) and the pixel (B).

作為構成無機保護層(I)~無機保護層(IV)的材料,例如可列舉:氧化矽、氧化銦錫、氧化鎵鋅等金屬氧化物;氮化矽等金屬氮化物;氟化鎂等氟化物等。亦可含有兩種以上該些化合物。該些中,就水蒸氣透過性低、透過性高的方面而言,更佳為氮化矽或氧化矽。Examples of materials constituting the inorganic protective layers (I) to (IV) include metal oxides such as silicon oxide, indium tin oxide, and gallium zinc oxide; metal nitrides such as silicon nitride; and fluorine such as magnesium fluoride. Chemicals etc. Two or more of these compounds may be contained. Among these, silicon nitride or silicon oxide is more preferred in terms of low water vapor permeability and high permeability.

就充分抑制水蒸氣等物質透過的觀點而言,無機保護層(I)~無機保護層(IV)的厚度較佳為50 nm以上。另一方面,就抑制透過率的降低的觀點而言,無機保護層(I)~無機保護層(IV)的厚度較佳為800 nm以下。From the viewpoint of fully suppressing the transmission of substances such as water vapor, the thickness of the inorganic protective layer (I) to (IV) is preferably 50 nm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in transmittance, the thickness of the inorganic protective layer (I) to (IV) is preferably 800 nm or less.

無機保護層(I)~無機保護層(IV)的厚度可藉由如下方式測定:使用橫截面拋光機(cross section polisher)等研磨裝置,使與基底基板垂直的剖面露出,使用掃描式電子顯微鏡或穿透式電子顯微鏡對剖面進行放大觀察。The thickness of the inorganic protective layer (I) to the inorganic protective layer (IV) can be measured by using a polishing device such as a cross section polisher to expose the cross section perpendicular to the base substrate, and using a scanning electron microscope. Or use a transmission electron microscope to magnify the cross section.

作為無機保護層(I)~無機保護層(IV)的形成方法,例如可列舉濺鍍法等。無機保護層較佳為無色透明或黃色透明。Examples of a method for forming the inorganic protective layer (I) to the inorganic protective layer (IV) include sputtering. The inorganic protective layer is preferably colorless and transparent or yellow and transparent.

黃色有機保護層例如對含有黃色前驅物化合物及/或黃色顏料的樹脂組成物進行圖案加工而獲得。黃色前驅物化合物及黃色顏料作為構成樹脂組成物的材料如上所述。The yellow organic protective layer is obtained, for example, by subjecting a resin composition containing a yellow precursor compound and/or a yellow pigment to pattern processing. The yellow precursor compound and the yellow pigment are as described above as materials constituting the resin composition.

作為圖案形成黃色有機保護層的方法,較佳為與所述隔壁(A-1)同樣地藉由感光性糊劑法進行圖案形成的方法。於在彩色濾光片上形成黃色有機保護層的情況下,黃色有機保護層亦可具有作為使彩色濾光片的各畫素平坦化的外塗層的作用。As a method of patterning the yellow organic protective layer, a method of patterning by a photosensitive paste method in the same manner as the partition wall (A-1) is preferred. When a yellow organic protective layer is formed on the color filter, the yellow organic protective layer may also function as an outer coating layer that flattens each pixel of the color filter.

就充分遮擋藍色洩漏光的觀點而言,黃色有機保護層的厚度較佳為100 nm以上。另一方面,就抑制光提取效率的降低的觀點而言,黃色有機保護層的厚度較佳為3000 nm以下。From the viewpoint of fully blocking blue leakage light, the thickness of the yellow organic protective layer is preferably 100 nm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in light extraction efficiency, the thickness of the yellow organic protective layer is preferably 3000 nm or less.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板亦可用於使用了迷你LED或微型LED的顯示裝置,其中排列有多個與由形成於基底基板上的隔壁分離的各畫素對應的LED。各畫素的導通(ON)/斷開(OFF)能夠藉由迷你LED或微型LED的ON/OFF來實現,不需要液晶。即,本發明的帶隔壁的基板除了於分離各畫素的隔壁中使用以外,亦可於背光等中的分離迷你LED或微型LED的隔壁中使用。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention can also be used in a display device using mini-LEDs or micro-LEDs in which a plurality of LEDs corresponding to pixels separated by partition walls formed on the base substrate are arranged. The ON/OFF of each pixel can be realized by the ON/OFF of mini LED or micro LED, and no liquid crystal is required. That is, the substrate with partition walls of the present invention can be used not only for partition walls that separate pixels, but also for partition walls that separate mini-LEDs or micro-LEDs in backlights and the like.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於所述基底基板上更具有選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源。藉由利用隔壁將選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源隔開,可防止各畫素間的混色,提高顯示器的顯示色純度。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has a light source selected from the group consisting of organic EL units, mini LED units and micro LED units on the base substrate. By using partition walls to separate luminescent light sources selected from organic EL units, mini LED units, and micro LED units, color mixing between pixels can be prevented and the display color purity of the display can be improved.

圖6中示出具有選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上且於經圖案形成的隔壁2之間,具有選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源6。FIG. 6 shows a cross-sectional view of one aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having a light source selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit, and a micro LED unit. On the base substrate 1 and between the patterned partition walls 2, there is a light emitting source 6 selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit and a micro LED unit.

本發明的帶隔壁的基板較佳為於選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源上更具有畫素(B)。The substrate with partition walls of the present invention preferably further has pixels (B) on the light source selected from the group consisting of organic EL units, mini LED units and micro LED units.

圖7中示出具有選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源及畫素的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。於基底基板1上且於經圖案形成的隔壁2之間,具有選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源6,進而於其上具有畫素3。FIG. 7 shows a cross-sectional view of an aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having a light source and a pixel selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit, and a micro LED unit. On the base substrate 1 and between the patterned partition walls 2, there is a light emitting light source 6 selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit and a micro LED unit, and there is a pixel 3 thereon.

其次,對本發明的顯示裝置進行說明。Next, the display device of the present invention will be described.

本發明的顯示裝置具有所述帶隔壁的基板、以及發光光源。本發明的顯示裝置較佳為具有本發明的帶隔壁的基板、以及選自液晶單元、有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源。作為發光光源,較佳為選自液晶單元、有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源。就發光特性優異的方面而言,作為發光光源,更佳為有機EL單元。所謂迷你LED單元,是指排列有多個縱橫的長度為100 μm~1 mm左右的LED的單元。所謂微型LED單元,是指排列有多個縱橫的長度未滿100 μm的LED的單元。The display device of the present invention includes the substrate with partition walls and a light emitting source. The display device of the present invention preferably has the substrate with partition walls of the present invention, and a light source selected from the group consisting of a liquid crystal unit, an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit and a micro LED unit. As the luminescent light source, a luminescent light source selected from a liquid crystal unit, an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit and a micro LED unit is preferred. In terms of excellent light-emitting characteristics, an organic EL unit is more preferred as the light-emitting light source. The so-called mini LED unit refers to a unit in which multiple LEDs with a length of about 100 μm to 1 mm are arranged vertically and horizontally. The so-called micro LED unit refers to a unit in which multiple LEDs with a length of less than 100 μm are arranged vertically and horizontally.

關於本發明的顯示裝置的製造方法,列舉具有本發明的帶隔壁的基板及有機EL單元的顯示裝置的一例進行說明。於玻璃基板上塗佈感光性聚醯亞胺樹脂,使用光微影法形成具有開口部的絕緣膜。於其上濺鍍鋁後,藉由光微影法進行鋁的圖案化,於無絕緣膜的開口部形成包含鋁的背面電極層。接著,於其上,作為電子傳輸層,藉由真空蒸鍍法使三(8-羥基喹啉)鋁(以下,簡稱為Alq3)成膜,其後作為發光層,形成於Alq3中摻雜有二氰基亞甲基吡喃、喹吖啶酮及4,4'-雙(2,2-二苯基乙烯基)聯苯的白色發光層。其次,作為電洞傳輸層,利用真空蒸鍍法使N,N'-二苯基-N,N'-雙(α-萘基)-1,1'-聯苯-4,4'-二胺成膜。最後,作為透明電極,藉由濺鍍而使氧化銦錫(indium tin oxide,ITO)成膜,製作具有白色發光層的有機EL單元。藉由使以所述方式獲得的有機EL單元與所述帶隔壁的基板相向並利用密封劑貼合,可製作顯示裝置。 [實施例] The manufacturing method of the display device of the present invention will be described with reference to an example of a display device including the substrate with partition walls and the organic EL unit of the present invention. Photosensitive polyimide resin is coated on the glass substrate, and an insulating film with openings is formed using photolithography. After aluminum is sputtered thereon, the aluminum is patterned by photolithography, and a back electrode layer containing aluminum is formed in the opening without the insulating film. Next, as an electron transport layer, a film of tris(8-quinolinolate)aluminum (hereinafter referred to as Alq3) is formed by vacuum evaporation, and then as a light-emitting layer, Alq3 doped with White luminescent layer of dicyanomethylenepyran, quinacridone and 4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenylvinyl)biphenyl. Secondly, as the hole transport layer, N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis(α-naphthyl)-1,1'-biphenyl-4,4'-di Amine films. Finally, as a transparent electrode, a film of indium tin oxide (ITO) is formed by sputtering to produce an organic EL unit with a white light-emitting layer. A display device can be produced by arranging the organic EL unit obtained in the above manner to face the substrate with partition walls and bonding them together with a sealant. [Example]

以下,列舉實施例及比較例對本發明進行更具體的說明,但本發明不限定於該些範圍。再者,關於所用的化合物中使用簡稱的化合物,將名稱示於以下。 PGMEA:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 EDM:二乙二醇乙基甲醚 DAA:二丙酮醇 BHT:二丁基羥基甲苯。 Hereinafter, although an Example and a comparative example are given and this invention is demonstrated more concretely, this invention is not limited to these ranges. In addition, among the compounds used, the names of the compounds whose abbreviations are used are shown below. PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate EDM: diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether DAA: diacetone alcohol BHT: Dibutylhydroxytoluene.

合成例1~合成例3的聚矽氧烷溶液的固體成分濃度藉由以下方法求出。秤取1.5 g聚矽氧烷溶液至鋁杯中,使用加熱板於250℃下加熱30分鐘而使液體成分蒸發。對加熱後殘留於鋁杯中的固體成分的重量進行秤量,根據相對於加熱前的重量的比例求出固體成分濃度。The solid content concentration of the polysiloxane solutions of Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 was determined by the following method. Weigh 1.5 g of the polysiloxane solution into an aluminum cup, and use a heating plate to heat at 250°C for 30 minutes to evaporate the liquid components. The weight of the solid content remaining in the aluminum cup after heating was weighed, and the solid content concentration was determined based on the ratio to the weight before heating.

合成例1~合成例3的聚矽氧烷的重量平均分子量是藉由以下方法來測定聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量。 裝置:沃特世(Waters)公司製造的帶RI檢測器的GPC測定裝置(2695) 管柱:PLgel MIXED-C管柱(聚合物實驗室(Polymer Laboratories)公司製造,300 mm)×兩根(串聯連結) 測定溫度:40℃ 流速:1 mL/min 溶媒:四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)0.5質量%溶液 標準物質:聚苯乙烯 檢測模式:RI。 The weight average molecular weight of the polysiloxane in Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 was measured in terms of polystyrene by the following method. Device: GPC measuring device with RI detector manufactured by Waters (2695) Column: PLgel MIXED-C column (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories, 300 mm) × two (connected in series) Measuring temperature: 40℃ Flow rate: 1 mL/min Solvent: tetrahydrofuran (THF) 0.5 mass% solution Standard material: polystyrene Detection mode: RI.

合成例1~合成例3的聚矽氧烷中的各重複單元的含有比率藉由以下方法求出。將聚矽氧烷溶液注入至直徑10 mm的「鐵氟龍(Teflon)」(註冊商標)製造的核磁共振(nuclear magnetic resonance,NMR)樣品管中,進行 29Si-NMR測定,根據源自特定的有機矽烷的Si的積分值相對於源自有機矽烷的Si整體的積分值的比例計算出各重複單元的含有比率。以下示出 29Si-NMR測定條件。 裝置:核磁共振裝置(JNM-GX270;日本電子(股)製造) 測定法:閘控去偶(gated decoupling)法 測定核頻率:53.6693 MHz( 29Si核) 光譜寬度:20000 Hz 脈波寬度:12 μs(45°脈波) 脈波重覆時間:30.0秒 溶媒:丙酮-d6 標準物質:四甲基矽烷 測定溫度:23℃ 試樣轉速:0.0 Hz。 The content ratio of each repeating unit in the polysiloxane of Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 was determined by the following method. The polysiloxane solution was poured into a nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) sample tube made of "Teflon" (registered trademark) with a diameter of 10 mm, and 29 Si-NMR was measured. The content ratio of each repeating unit was calculated as the ratio of the integrated value of Si in the organosilane to the integrated value of the entire Si derived from the organosilane. The 29 Si-NMR measurement conditions are shown below. Device: Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Device (JNM-GX270; manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) Measuring method: Gated decoupling method Measuring nuclear frequency: 53.6693 MHz ( 29 Si core) Spectral width: 20000 Hz Pulse width: 12 μs (45° pulse wave) Pulse wave repetition time: 30.0 seconds Solvent: acetone-d6 Standard material: tetramethylsilane Measurement temperature: 23°C Sample rotation speed: 0.0 Hz.

合成例1 聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液 於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入71.16 g(0.306 mol)的3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、78.52 g(0.35 mol)的苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、21.56 g(0.088 mol)的3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、113.22 g(0.83 mol)的甲基三甲氧基矽烷、45.91 g(0.175 mol)的3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、1.080 g的BHT及234.92 g的PGMEA,一邊於40℃下攪拌一邊歷時30分鐘添加在水92.14 g中溶解有磷酸3.304 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,將燒瓶浸漬於70℃的油浴中並攪拌60分鐘後,歷時30分鐘將油浴升溫至115℃。於升溫開始1小時後溶液溫度(內溫)達到100℃,自此進行2小時加熱攪拌(內溫為100℃~110℃),獲得聚矽氧烷溶液。再者,於升溫及加熱攪拌中,以0.05升/分鐘來流通氮氣95體積%、氧氣5體積%的混合氣體。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇及水合計209 g。以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式於所獲得的聚矽氧烷溶液中追加PGMEA,獲得聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液。再者,所獲得的聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)的重量平均分子量為12,000。另外,聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)中,源自3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐的各重複單元的莫耳比分別為17.5 mol%、20 mol%、5 mol%、47.5 mol%及10 mol%。 Synthesis Example 1 Polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution Put 71.16 g (0.306 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 78.52 g (0.35 mol) of styryltrimethoxysilane, 21.56 g (0.088 mol) of 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane, 113.22 g (0.83 mol) of methyltrimethoxysilane, 45.91 g (0.175 mol) of 3-trimethoxysilane Oxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 1.080 g of BHT and 234.92 g of PGMEA were added over 30 minutes while stirring at 40°C. 3.304 g of phosphoric acid was dissolved in 92.14 g of water (relative to the charged monomer). 1.0% by weight) phosphoric acid aqueous solution. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in a 70°C oil bath and stirred for 60 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115°C over 30 minutes. One hour after the temperature rise started, the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100°C, and then heating and stirring were performed for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100°C to 110°C) to obtain a polysiloxane solution. Furthermore, during temperature rise and heating stirring, a mixed gas of 95 volume % nitrogen and 5 volume % oxygen was circulated at 0.05 liter/minute. During the reaction, a total of 209 g of methanol and water were distilled off as by-products. PGMEA was added to the obtained polysiloxane solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, to obtain a polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution. Furthermore, the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polysiloxane (PSL-1) was 12,000. In addition, polysiloxane (PSL-1) is derived from 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, styryltrimethoxysilane, 3-(3,4-epoxy The molar ratios of each repeating unit of methylcyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride are 17.5 mol%, 20 mol%, and 5 mol respectively. %, 47.5 mol% and 10 mol%.

合成例2 聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)溶液 於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入203.13 g(0.831 mol)的二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、76.06 g(0.306 mol)的3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、21.56 g(0.088 mol)的3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、42.08 g(0.350 mol)的二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、45.91 g(0.175 mol)的3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐、1.475 g的BHT及308.45 g的PGMEA,一邊於40℃下攪拌一邊歷時30分鐘添加在水76.39 g中溶解有磷酸3.887 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,將燒瓶浸漬於70℃的油浴中並攪拌60分鐘後,歷時30分鐘將油浴升溫至115℃。於升溫開始1小時後溶液溫度(內溫)達到100℃,自此進行2小時加熱攪拌(內溫為100℃~110℃),獲得聚矽氧烷溶液。再者,於升溫及加熱攪拌中,以0.05升/分鐘來流通氮氣95體積%、氧氣5體積%的混合氣體。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇及水合計173.99 g。以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式於所獲得的聚矽氧烷溶液中追加PGMEA,獲得聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)溶液。再者,所獲得的聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)的重量平均分子量為6,000。另外,聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)中,源自二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐的各重複單元的莫耳比分別為47.5 mol%、17.5 mol%、5 mol%、20 mol%及10 mol%。 Synthesis Example 2 Polysiloxane (PSL-2) solution Put 203.13 g (0.831 mol) of diphenyldimethoxysilane, 76.06 g (0.306 mol) of 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 21.56 g ( 0.088 mol) of 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane, 42.08 g (0.350 mol) of dimethyldimethoxysilane, 45.91 g (0.175 mol) of 3-trimethyl Oxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride, 1.475 g of BHT and 308.45 g of PGMEA were added over 30 minutes while stirring at 40°C. 3.887 g of phosphoric acid was dissolved in 76.39 g of water (relative to the charged monomer). 1.0% by weight) phosphoric acid aqueous solution. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in a 70°C oil bath and stirred for 60 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115°C over 30 minutes. One hour after the temperature rise started, the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100°C, and then heating and stirring were performed for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100°C to 110°C) to obtain a polysiloxane solution. Furthermore, during temperature rise and heating stirring, a mixed gas of 95 volume % nitrogen and 5 volume % oxygen was circulated at 0.05 liter/minute. During the reaction, a total of 173.99 g of methanol and water were distilled off as by-products. PGMEA was added to the obtained polysiloxane solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, and a polysiloxane (PSL-2) solution was obtained. Furthermore, the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polysiloxane (PSL-2) was 6,000. In addition, polysiloxane (PSL-2) is derived from diphenyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(3,4-epoxy ring The molar ratios of each repeating unit of hexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane, and 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride are 47.5 mol%, 17.5 mol%, and 5 mol respectively. %, 20 mol% and 10 mol%.

合成例3 聚矽氧烷(PSL-5)溶液 於1000 ml的三口燒瓶中裝入213.82 g(0.875 mol)的二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、43.12 g(0.175 mol)的3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、68.86 g(0.263 mol)的四乙氧基矽烷、59.59 g(0.438 mol)的甲基三甲氧基矽烷、1.413 g的BHT及298.06 g的PGMEA,一邊於40℃下攪拌一邊歷時30分鐘添加在水83.48 g中溶解有磷酸3.854 g(相對於裝入單體而為1.0重量%)的磷酸水溶液。其後,將燒瓶浸漬於70℃的油浴中並攪拌60分鐘後,歷時30分鐘將油浴升溫至115℃。於升溫開始1小時後溶液溫度(內溫)達到100℃,自此進行2小時加熱攪拌(內溫為100℃~110℃),獲得聚矽氧烷溶液。再者,於升溫及加熱攪拌中,以0.05升/分鐘來流通氮氣95體積%、氧氣5體積%的混合氣體。反應中餾出作為副產物的甲醇及水合計282.58 g。以固體成分濃度成為40重量%的方式於所獲得的聚矽氧烷溶液中追加PGMEA,獲得聚矽氧烷(PSL-3)溶液。再者,所獲得的聚矽氧烷(PSL-3)的重量平均分子量為5,500。另外,聚矽氧烷(PSL-3)中,源自二苯基二甲氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷的各重複單元的莫耳比分別為50 mol%、10 mol%、15 mol%及25 mol%。 將合成例1~合成例3的組成彙總示於表1中。 Synthesis Example 3 Polysiloxane (PSL-5) solution Put 213.82 g (0.875 mol) of diphenyldimethoxysilane and 43.12 g (0.175 mol) of 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxy into a 1000 ml three-necked flask. Silane, 68.86 g (0.263 mol) tetraethoxysilane, 59.59 g (0.438 mol) methyltrimethoxysilane, 1.413 g BHT and 298.06 g PGMEA were added over 30 minutes while stirring at 40°C. A phosphoric acid aqueous solution in which 3.854 g of phosphoric acid (1.0% by weight relative to the charged monomer) is dissolved in 83.48 g of water. Thereafter, the flask was immersed in a 70°C oil bath and stirred for 60 minutes, and then the oil bath was heated to 115°C over 30 minutes. One hour after the temperature rise started, the solution temperature (internal temperature) reached 100°C, and then heating and stirring were performed for 2 hours (internal temperature was 100°C to 110°C) to obtain a polysiloxane solution. Furthermore, during temperature rise and heating stirring, a mixed gas of 95 volume % nitrogen and 5 volume % oxygen was circulated at 0.05 liter/minute. During the reaction, a total of 282.58 g of methanol and water were distilled off as by-products. PGMEA was added to the obtained polysiloxane solution so that the solid content concentration became 40% by weight, to obtain a polysiloxane (PSL-3) solution. Furthermore, the weight average molecular weight of the obtained polysiloxane (PSL-3) was 5,500. In addition, polysiloxane (PSL-3) is derived from diphenyldimethoxysilane, 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, The molar ratios of each repeating unit of methyltrimethoxysilane are 50 mol%, 10 mol%, 15 mol% and 25 mol% respectively. The compositions of Synthesis Examples 1 to 3 are summarized in Table 1.

[表1] [表1] 原料(mol%) 構成通式(1)的烷氧基矽烷 構成通式(2)的烷氧基矽烷 其他烷氧基矽烷 合成例1 聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液 3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷 (17.5) 苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷 (20) 3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (5) 甲基三甲氧基矽烷 (47.5) 3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐 (10) - 合成例2 聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)溶液 二苯基二甲氧基矽烷 (47.5) 二甲基二甲氧基矽烷 (20) 3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (17.5) 3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (5) 3-三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐 (10) - 合成例3 聚矽氧烷(PSL-3)溶液 二苯基二甲氧基矽烷 (50) 甲基三甲氧基矽烷 (25) 3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (10) 四乙氧基矽烷 (15) [Table 1] [Table 1] Raw materials (mol%) Alkoxysilane constituting general formula (1) Alkoxysilane constituting general formula (2) Other alkoxysilanes Synthesis example 1 Polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution 3-Methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane (17.5) Styryltrimethoxysilane (20) 3-(3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane (5) Methyltrimethoxysilane (47.5) 3-Trimethoxysilylpropyl Succinic anhydride (10) - Synthesis example 2 Polysiloxane (PSL-2) solution Diphenyldimethoxysilane (47.5) Dimethyldimethoxysilane (20) 3-Methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (17.5) 3-(3,4-Epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane (5) 3-Trimethoxysilylpropylbutanedi Anhydrides (10) - Synthesis example 3 Polysiloxane (PSL-3) solution Diphenyldimethoxysilane (50) Methyltrimethoxysilane (25) 3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)propyltrimethoxysilane (10) Tetraethoxysilane (15)

合成例4 綠色有機螢光體 將3,5-二溴苯甲醛(3.0 g)、4-第三丁基苯基硼酸(5.3 g)、四(三苯基膦)鈀(0)(0.4 g)及碳酸鉀(2.0 g)放入燒瓶中,進行氮氣置換。於其中添加進行了脫氣的甲苯(30 mL)及進行了脫氣的水(10 mL),進行4小時回流。將反應溶液冷卻至室溫,於進行分液後,利用飽和食鹽水對有機層進行清洗。利用硫酸鎂對該有機層加以乾燥並進行過濾後,將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析法對所獲得的反應產物進行精製,從而獲得3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(3.5 g)的白色固體。其次,將3,5-雙(4-第三丁基苯基)苯甲醛(1.5 g)與2,4-二甲基吡咯(0.7 g)放入燒瓶中,加入脫水二氯甲烷(200 mL)及三氟乙酸(1滴),於氮氣環境下攪拌4小時。於所述反應混合物中加入2,3-二氯-5,6-二氰基-1,4-苯醌(0.85 g)的脫水二氯甲烷溶液,進而攪拌1小時。反應結束後,添加三氟化硼二乙醚錯合物(7.0 mL)及二異丙基乙基胺(7.0 mL),攪拌4小時後,進而加入水(100 mL)加以攪拌,並對有機層進行分液。利用硫酸鎂對該有機層加以乾燥並進行過濾後,將溶媒蒸餾去除。藉由矽膠管柱層析法對所獲得的反應產物進行精製,從而獲得綠色粉末0.4 g(產率17%)。所獲得的綠色粉末的 1H-NMR分析結果如下,從而確認到以上所獲得的綠色粉末為下述結構式所表示的[G-1]。 Synthesis Example 4 Green organic phosphor: 3,5-dibromobenzaldehyde (3.0 g), 4-tert-butylphenylboronic acid (5.3 g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (0.4 g) ) and potassium carbonate (2.0 g) were put into the flask and replaced with nitrogen. Degassed toluene (30 mL) and degassed water (10 mL) were added thereto, and the mixture was refluxed for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and after liquid separation, the organic layer was washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 3,5-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)benzaldehyde (3.5 g) as a white solid. Secondly, put 3,5-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)benzaldehyde (1.5 g) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (0.7 g) into the flask, and add dehydrated dichloromethane (200 mL ) and trifluoroacetic acid (1 drop), stir under nitrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. A dehydrated methylene chloride solution of 2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (0.85 g) was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex (7.0 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (7.0 mL) were added. After stirring for 4 hours, water (100 mL) was added and stirred, and the organic layer was Carry out liquid dispensing. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered, and then the solvent was distilled off. The obtained reaction product was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.4 g of green powder (yield 17%). The 1 H-NMR analysis results of the obtained green powder were as follows, confirming that the green powder obtained above was [G-1] represented by the following structural formula.

1H-NMR(CDCl 3(d=ppm)):7.95(s, 1H), 7.63-7.48(m, 10H), 6.00(s, 2H), 2.58(s, 6H), 1.50(s, 6H), 1.37(s, 18H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d=ppm)): 7.95(s, 1H), 7.63-7.48(m, 10H), 6.00(s, 2H), 2.58(s, 6H), 1.50(s, 6H) , 1.37(s, 18H).

[化8] [Chemical 8]

合成例5 紅色有機螢光體 於氮氣流下,將4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯300 mg、2-甲氧基苯甲醯氯201 mg及甲苯10 ml的混合溶液於120℃下加熱6小時。冷卻至室溫後,將溶媒蒸發(evaporate)。利用乙醇20 ml對所獲得的殘留物進行清洗,並加以真空乾燥,藉此獲得2-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-5-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯260 mg。其次,於氮氣流下,將2-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-3-(4-第三丁基苯基)-5-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯260 mg、4-(4-第三丁基苯基)-2-(4-甲氧基苯基)吡咯180 mg、甲磺酸酐206 mg及進行了脫氣的甲苯10 ml的混合溶液於125℃下加熱7小時。將所述反應混合物冷卻至室溫後,注入水20 ml,並利用二氯甲烷30 ml進行萃取。於利用水20 ml將有機層清洗兩次後,進行蒸發,並進行真空乾燥,藉此獲得作為殘留物的吡咯亞甲基體。其次,於氮氣流下,於所獲得的吡咯亞甲基體與甲苯10 ml的混合溶液中加入二異丙基乙基胺305 mg及三氟化硼二乙醚錯合物670 mg,於室溫下攪拌3小時。於所述反應混合物中注入水20 ml並利用二氯甲烷30 ml進行萃取。利用水20 ml將有機層清洗兩次,並利用硫酸鎂加以乾燥後,進行蒸發。藉由矽膠管柱層析法進行精製,並加以真空乾燥後,獲得紫紅色粉末0.27 g(產率70%)。所獲得的紫紅色粉末的 1H-NMR分析結果如下,從而確認到以上所獲得的紫紅色粉末為下述結構式所表示的[R-1]。 Synthesis Example 5 Red organic phosphor was mixed with 300 mg of 4-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)pyrrole and 2-methoxybenzoyl chloride under nitrogen flow. A mixed solution of 201 mg and 10 ml of toluene was heated at 120°C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent is evaporated. The obtained residue was washed with 20 ml of ethanol and dried under vacuum to obtain 2-(2-methoxybenzoyl)-3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5- (4-Methoxyphenyl)pyrrole 260 mg. Next, under nitrogen flow, 260 mg of 2-(2-methoxybenzyl)-3-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)pyrrole, 4 A mixed solution of -(4-tert-butylphenyl)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)pyrrole 180 mg, methanesulfonic anhydride 206 mg and degassed toluene 10 ml was heated at 125°C for 7 hours. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, 20 ml of water was injected, and extraction was performed with 30 ml of methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed twice with 20 ml of water, evaporated, and dried under vacuum to obtain the pyrromethene form as a residue. Next, under nitrogen flow, 305 mg of diisopropylethylamine and 670 mg of boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex were added to the obtained mixed solution of pyrrole methylene and 10 ml of toluene, and the mixture was heated at room temperature. Stir for 3 hours. 20 ml of water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with 30 ml of methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed twice with 20 ml of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated. After purification by silica column chromatography and vacuum drying, 0.27 g of purple-red powder was obtained (yield 70%). The results of 1 H-NMR analysis of the obtained purple-red powder are as follows, confirming that the above-obtained purple-red powder is [R-1] represented by the following structural formula.

1H-NMR(CDCl 3(d=ppm)):1.19(s, 18H), 3.42(s, 3H), 3.85(s, 6H), 5.72(d, 1H), 6.20(t, 1H), 6.42-6.97(m, 16H), 7.89(d, 4H)。 1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 (d=ppm)): 1.19(s, 18H), 3.42(s, 3H), 3.85(s, 6H), 5.72(d, 1H), 6.20(t, 1H), 6.42 -6.97(m, 16H), 7.89(d, 4H).

[化9] [Chemical 9]

實施例1 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-1) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的二氧化鈦顏料(CR-97;石原產業(股)製造(以下「CR-97」))、作為遮光顏料的0.03 g的藍色顏料(顏料藍15:6N(以下「PB15:6N」))、0.02 g的紫色顏料(顏料紫23(以下「PV23」))、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯(「迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)」(註冊商標)-111;日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造(以下「迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111」))、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-1)。另外,將作為黃色前驅物化合物的0.20 g的有機銀化合物(新癸酸銀)溶解於EDM 1.80 g中,獲得黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)。 Example 1 Resin composition for partition walls (P-1) 5.00 g of titanium dioxide pigment (CR-97; manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "CR-97")) as a white pigment and 0.03 g of a blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15:6N (hereinafter " PB15: 6N")), 0.02 g of purple pigment (Pigment Violet 23 (hereinafter "PV23")), 1.00 g of phosphate polyester ("DISPERBYK" (registered trademark) as a dispersant - 111; manufactured by BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "DISPERBYK-111")), 4.00 g of PGMEA was mixed as a solvent, and a grinding machine filled with zirconia beads was used Disperse using a dispersing machine to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-1). In addition, 0.20 g of an organic silver compound (silver neodecanoate) as a yellow precursor compound was dissolved in 1.80 g of EDM to obtain a yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1).

其次,使藉由合成例1獲得的聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液9.41 g、所述顏料分散液(MW-1)6.03 g、所述黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)1.00 g、作為還原劑的第三丁基對苯二酚0.025 g、作為光聚合起始劑的乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯肟)(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)OXE-02,日本巴斯夫(股)製造(以下「OXE-2」))0.200 g、雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦(「豔佳固(Irgacure)」819,日本巴斯夫(股)製造(以下「豔佳固(Irgacure)-819」))0.200 g、作為光聚合性化合物的二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯(「卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)」(註冊商標)DPHA,新日本藥業(股)製造(以下「DPHA」))2.00 g、作為撥液化合物的光聚合性含氟化合物(「美佳法(Megafac)」(註冊商標)RS-72A,20重量%PGMEA稀釋溶液品,DIC(股)製造(以下「RS-72A」))0.25 g、3',4'-環氧基環己基甲基-3,4-環氧基環己烷羧酸酯(「賽羅西德(Celloxide)」(註冊商標)2021P,大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造(以下「賽羅西德(Celloxide)(註冊商標)2021P」))0.020 g、及丙烯酸系界面活性劑(「BYK」(註冊商標)352,日本畢克化學(BYK-Chemie Japan)(股)製造(以下「BYK-352」))的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液0.10 g(相當於濃度500 ppm)溶解於溶媒PGMEA 0.76 g中,並進行攪拌。利用5.0 μm的過濾器對所獲得的混合物進行過濾,獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-1)。Next, 9.41 g of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution obtained in Synthesis Example 1, 6.03 g of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1), and 1.00 g of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) were prepared. , 0.025 g of tert-butylhydroquinone as reducing agent, ethyl ketone as photopolymerization initiator, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carb Azol-3-yl]-,1-(O-acetyl oxime) ("Irgacure" (registered trademark) OXE-02, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "OXE-2")) 0.200 g. Bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)-phenylphosphine oxide ("Irgacure" 819, manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "Irgacure"- 819")) 0.200 g, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate as a photopolymerizable compound ("KAYARAD" (registered trademark) DPHA, manufactured by Shin Nippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "DPHA")) 2.00 g. Photopolymerizable fluorine-containing compound as a liquid-repellent compound ("Megafac" (registered trademark) RS-72A, 20% by weight PGMEA diluted solution product, manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "RS-72A") ) 0.25 g, 3',4'-epoxycyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate ("Celloxide" (registered trademark) 2021P, Daicel ( Daicel) Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "Celloxide (registered trademark) 2021P")) 0.020 g, and acrylic surfactant ("BYK" (registered trademark) 352, BYK- 0.10 g of a 10% by weight dilute solution of PGMEA (equivalent to a concentration of 500 ppm) manufactured by Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "BYK-352")) was dissolved in 0.76 g of the solvent PGMEA and stirred. The obtained mixture was filtered with a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a resin composition for partition walls (P-1).

實施例2 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-2) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.015 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.035 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-2)。使用顏料分散液(MW-2)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-2)。 Example 2 Resin composition for partition walls (P-2) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.015 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.035 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-2). A resin composition (P-2) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-2) was used instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例3 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-3) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.035 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.015 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-3)。使用顏料分散液(MW-3)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-3)。 Example 3 Resin composition for partition walls (P-3) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.035 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.015 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-3). A resin composition (P-3) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-3) was used instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例4 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-4) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.008 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.043 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-4)。使用顏料分散液(MW-4)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-4)。 Example 4 Resin composition for partition walls (P-4) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.008 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.043 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-4). A resin composition (P-4) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-4) was used instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例5 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-5) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.043 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.008 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-5)。使用顏料分散液(MW-5)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-5)。 Example 5 Resin composition for partition walls (P-5) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.043 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.008 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-5). A resin composition (P-5) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-5) was used instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例6 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-6) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.060 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.040 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-6)。添加6.06 g的顏料分散液(MW-6)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.34 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.81 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-6)。 Example 6 Resin composition for partition walls (P-6) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.060 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.040 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-6). Add 6.06 g of pigment dispersion (MW-6) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.34 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to A resin composition (P-6) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.81 g.

實施例7 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-7) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.10 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.067 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-7)。添加6.10 g的顏料分散液(MW-7)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.24 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.87 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-7)。 Example 7 Resin composition for partition walls (P-7) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.10 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.067 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-7). Add 6.10 g of pigment dispersion (MW-7) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.24 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to A resin composition (P-7) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.87 g.

實施例8 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-8) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.36 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.24 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-8)。添加6.36 g的顏料分散液(MW-8)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為8.59 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為1.26 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-8)。 Example 8 Resin composition for partition walls (P-8) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.36 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.24 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-8). Add 6.36 g of pigment dispersion (MW-8) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 8.59 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to The resin composition for partition walls (P-8) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 1.26 g.

實施例9 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-9) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.020 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.013 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-9)。添加6.02 g的顏料分散液(MW-9)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.44 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.75 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-9)。 Example 9 Resin composition for partition walls (P-9) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.020 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.013 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-9). Add 6.02 g of pigment dispersion (MW-9) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.44 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to The resin composition for partition walls (P-9) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.75 g.

實施例10 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-10) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.010 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.0067 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-10)。添加6.01 g的顏料分散液(MW-10)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.46 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.73 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-10)。 Example 10 Resin composition for partition walls (P-10) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.010 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.0067 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant. )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-10). Add 6.01 g of pigment dispersion (MW-10) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.46 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to The resin composition for partition walls (P-10) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.73 g.

實施例11 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-11) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.00050 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.00033 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的磷酸聚酯迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-11)。添加6.00 g的顏料分散液(MW-11)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.49 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.72 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-11)。 Example 11 Resin composition for partition walls (P-11) 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.00050 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.00033 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of phosphate polyester DISPERBYK as a dispersant )-111. Mix 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent and disperse it using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-11). Add 6.00 g of pigment dispersion (MW-11) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.49 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to A resin composition (P-11) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.72 g.

實施例12 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-12) 作為黃色前驅物化合物,使用後述的製備例8中獲得的有機銀化合物(APAG-01)的10%PGMEA溶液來代替黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1),將PGMEA的添加量設為0.063 g,添加0.70 g的EDM,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-12)。 Example 12 Resin composition for partition walls (P-12) As the yellow precursor compound, a 10% PGMEA solution of the organic silver compound (APAG-01) obtained in Preparation Example 8 described below was used instead of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1), and the amount of PGMEA added was 0.063 g. , except that 0.70 g of EDM was added, a resin composition (P-12) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

實施例13 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-13) 將作為黃色前驅物化合物的有機銅化合物(新癸酸銅)0.20 g溶解於EDM 1.80g中,獲得黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-2)。作為黃色前驅物化合物,使用黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-2)來代替黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-13)。 Example 13 Resin composition for partition walls (P-13) 0.20 g of an organic copper compound (copper neodecanoate) as a yellow precursor compound was dissolved in 1.80 g of EDM to obtain a yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-2). The resin composition for partition walls (P) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-2) was used instead of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) -13).

實施例14 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-14) 將作為黃色前驅物化合物的0.20 g的酚系化合物(1,4-二羥基蒽氫醌)溶解於EDM 1.80g中,獲得黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-3)。使7.13 g的聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液、4.82 g的MW-1、2.40 g的所述黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-3)、第三丁基對苯二酚0.020 g、0.160 g的OXE-02、0.160 g的奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819、1.60 g的DPHA、0.20 g的RS-72A、0.016 g的賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、BYK-352的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液0.10 g溶解於溶媒PGMEA 3.40g中並進行攪拌。將所獲得的混合物利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾,獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-14)。 Example 14 Resin composition for partition walls (P-14) 0.20 g of a phenolic compound (1,4-dihydroxyanthrahydroquinone) as a yellow precursor compound was dissolved in 1.80 g of EDM to obtain a yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-3). Make 7.13 g of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution, 4.82 g of MW-1, 2.40 g of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-3), 0.020 g of tert-butylhydroquinone, 0.160 g of OXE-02, 0.160 g of Omnirad-819, 1.60 g of DPHA, 0.20 g of RS-72A, 0.016 g of Celloxide 2021P, BYK-352 of PGMEA 10 Dissolve 0.10 g of the weight% dilute solution in 3.40 g of the solvent PGMEA and stir. The obtained mixture was filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a resin composition for partition walls (P-14).

實施例15 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-15) 作為黃色前驅物化合物,添加1.60 g的黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)來代替黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-3),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為7.33 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為4.00 g,除此以外,以與實施例14相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-15)。 Example 15 Resin composition for partition walls (P-15) As the yellow precursor compound, 1.60 g of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) was added instead of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-3), and the added amount of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution was set to 7.33 g, except that the added amount of PGMEA was 4.00 g, a resin composition (P-15) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 14.

實施例16 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-16) 將黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)的添加量設為4.80 g,將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為6.53 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為1.60 g,除此以外,以與實施例15相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-16)。 Example 16 Resin composition for partition walls (P-16) Set the addition amount of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) to 4.80 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 6.53 g, and the addition amount of PGMEA to 1.60 g. In addition, Except for this, a resin composition (P-16) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 15.

實施例17 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-17) 將黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)的添加量設為0.50 g,將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.54 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為1.14 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-17)。 Example 17 Resin composition for partition walls (P-17) Set the addition amount of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) to 0.50 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.54 g, and the addition amount of PGMEA to 1.14 g. In addition, Except for this, a resin composition (P-17) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

實施例18 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-18) 將黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)的添加量設為0.080 g,將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.64 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為1.45 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-18)。 Example 18 Resin composition for partition walls (P-18) Set the addition amount of the yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) to 0.080 g, the addition amount of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.64 g, and the addition amount of PGMEA to 1.45 g. In addition, Except for this, a resin composition (P-18) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1.

實施例19 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-19) 添加作為聚合抑制劑的乙烯雙(氧乙烯)雙[3-(5-第三丁基-4-羥基-間甲苯基)丙酸酯](「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)」(註冊商標)1010、日本巴斯夫(股)製造(以下「易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)(註冊商標)1010」))來代替還原劑第三丁基對苯二酚,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-19)。 Example 19 Resin composition for partition walls (P-19) Ethylene bis(oxyethylene)bis[3-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl)propionate] ("IRGANOX" (registered trademark)) is added as a polymerization inhibitor 1010, manufactured by BASF Japan (hereinafter "IRGANOX (registered trademark) 1010")) was used in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the reducing agent tert-butylhydroquinone was replaced. The resin composition for partition walls (P-19) is obtained in this way.

實施例20 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-20) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.030 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.020 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的烷基醇胺基醯胺系分散劑迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-109、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-12)。添加顏料分散液(MW-12)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-20)。 Example 20 Resin composition for partition walls (P-20) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.030 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a light-shielding pigment, 0.020 g of purple pigment PV23, and 1.00 g of an alkylolaminoamide-based dispersant as a dispersant. DISPERBYK-109 and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent were mixed and dispersed using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-12). A resin composition for partition walls (P-20) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-12) was added instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例21 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-21) 作為樹脂,添加聚矽氧烷(PSL-2)溶液來代替聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-21)。 Example 21 Resin composition for partition walls (P-21) A resin composition (P-21) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a polysiloxane (PSL-2) solution was added as the resin instead of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution. .

實施例22 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-22) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-13)。添加6.00 g的顏料分散液(MW-13)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.49 g,將PGEMA的添加量設為0.72 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-22)。 Example 22 Resin composition for partition walls (P-22) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as a dispersant, and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent, using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads. Disperse to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-13). Add 6.00 g of pigment dispersion (MW-13) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.49 g, and set the added amount of PGEMA to A resin composition (P-22) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.72 g.

實施例23 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-23) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.050 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-14)。添加顏料分散液(MW-14)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-23)。 Example 23 Resin composition for partition walls (P-23) Mix 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.050 g of purple pigment PV23 as a shading pigment, 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as a dispersant, and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent. Disperse using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-14). A resin composition for partition walls (P-23) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-14) was added instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例24 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-24) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.050 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-15)。添加顏料分散液(MW-15)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-24)。 Example 24 Resin composition for partition walls (P-24) Use 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.050 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as a dispersant, and 4.00 g of a solvent. PGMEA was mixed and dispersed using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-15). A resin composition for partition walls (P-24) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-15) was added instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例25 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-25) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的二氧化鈦顏料(PFC105;石原產業(股)製造(以下「PFC105」))、作為遮光顏料的0.030 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.020 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-16)。添加顏料分散液(MW-16)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-25)。 Example 25 Resin composition for partition walls (P-25) As a white pigment, 5.00 g of titanium dioxide pigment (PFC105; manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "PFC105")), 0.030 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a light-shielding pigment, and 0.020 g of purple pigment PV23 were dispersed. 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as an agent and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent were mixed and dispersed using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-16). A resin composition for partition walls (P-25) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-16) was added instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例26 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-26) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的二氧化鈦顏料(R960;石原產業(股)製造(以下「R960」))、作為遮光顏料的0.030 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.020 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-17)。添加顏料分散液(MW-17)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-26)。 Example 26 Resin composition for partition walls (P-26) Disperse 5.00 g of titanium dioxide pigment (R960; manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "R960")) as a white pigment, 0.030 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a light-shielding pigment, and 0.020 g of purple pigment PV23. 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as an agent and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent were mixed and dispersed using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-17). A resin composition (P-26) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that a pigment dispersion liquid (MW-17) was added instead of the pigment dispersion liquid (MW-1).

實施例27 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-27) 使10.4 g的聚矽氧烷(PSL-3)溶液、6.03 g的MW-1、1.00 g的黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)、0.025 g的第三丁基對苯二酚、作為醌二疊氮化合物的2.00 g的THP-17(商品名,東洋合成工業(股)製造)、0.25 g的RS-72A、0.020g的賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、0.10 g的BYK-352的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液溶解於溶媒PGMEA 0.16 g中並進行攪拌。將所獲得的混合物利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾,獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-27)。 Example 27 Resin composition for partition walls (P-27) As quinone, 10.4 g of polysiloxane (PSL-3) solution, 6.03 g of MW-1, 1.00 g of yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1), and 0.025 g of tert-butylhydroquinone were used. 2.00 g of diazide compound THP-17 (trade name, manufactured by Toyo Gosei Industry Co., Ltd.), 0.25 g of RS-72A, 0.020 g of Celloxide 2021P, 0.10 g of BYK-352 A 10% by weight dilute solution of PGMEA was dissolved in 0.16 g of solvent PGMEA and stirred. The obtained mixture was filtered with a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a resin composition for partition walls (P-27).

比較例1 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-28) 將作為遮光顏料的0.030 g的藍色顏料PB15:6N、0.020 g的紫色顏料PV23、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-18)。使13.4 g的聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液、2.42 g的MW-18、0.80 g的黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1)、0.16 g的OXE-02、0.16 g的奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819、第三丁基對苯二酚0.020 g、1.60 g的DPHA、0.20 g的RS-72A、0.016 g的賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、BYK-352的PGMEA 10重量%稀釋溶液0.10 g溶解於溶媒PGMEA 1.00 g中並進行攪拌。將所獲得的混合物利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾,獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-28)。 Comparative Example 1 Resin composition for partition walls (P-28) Mix 0.030 g of blue pigment PB15:6N as a shading pigment, 0.020 g of purple pigment PV23, 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as a dispersant, and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent, and use A grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads was used to disperse the pigment dispersion (MW-18). Make 13.4 g of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution, 2.42 g of MW-18, 0.80 g of yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1), 0.16 g of OXE-02, and 0.16 g of Ominilla Omnirad-819, tert-butyl hydroquinone 0.020 g, 1.60 g DPHA, 0.20 g RS-72A, 0.016 g Celloxide 2021P, BYK-352 PGMEA 10% by weight Dissolve 0.10 g of the diluted solution in 1.00 g of solvent PGMEA and stir. The obtained mixture was filtered through a 5.0 μm filter to obtain a resin composition for partition walls (P-28).

比較例2 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-29) 不添加黃色前驅物化合物溶液(YZ-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.66 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為1.51 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-29)。 Comparative Example 2 Resin composition for partition walls (P-29) The yellow precursor compound solution (YZ-1) was not added, the added amount of the polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution was set to 9.66 g, and the added amount of PGMEA was set to 1.51 g. Otherwise, the same conditions were used as in the Examples. 1 Obtain the resin composition for partition walls (P-29) in the same manner.

比較例3 隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-30) 將作為白色顏料的5.00 g的CR-97、作為遮光顏料的0.033 g的黑色顏料氮化鈦、作為分散劑的1.00 g的迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111、作為溶劑的4.00 g的PGMEA混合,使用填充有氧化鋯珠的研磨型分散機進行分散,獲得顏料分散液(MW-19)。添加6.02 g的顏料分散液(MW-19)來代替所述顏料分散液(MW-1),將聚矽氧烷(PSL-1)溶液的添加量設為9.42 g,將PGMEA的添加量設為0.75 g,除此以外,以與實施例1相同的方式獲得隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-30)。 將實施例1~實施例27及比較例1~比較例3的組成彙總示於表2中。 Comparative Example 3 Resin composition for partition walls (P-30) Use 5.00 g of CR-97 as a white pigment, 0.033 g of titanium nitride as a black pigment as a shading pigment, 1.00 g of DISPERBYK-111 as a dispersant, and 4.00 g of PGMEA as a solvent. Mix and disperse using a grinding type disperser filled with zirconia beads to obtain a pigment dispersion (MW-19). Add 6.02 g of pigment dispersion (MW-19) instead of the pigment dispersion (MW-1), set the added amount of polysiloxane (PSL-1) solution to 9.42 g, and set the added amount of PGMEA to A resin composition (P-30) for partition walls was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the weight was 0.75 g. The compositions of Examples 1 to 27 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 are summarized in Table 2.

[表2-1] [表2-1] 隔壁用樹脂組成物 樹脂 (重量%) 感光劑 (重量%) 白色顏料 黃色前驅物化合物 (重量%) 遮光顏料 還原劑 (重量%) 磷酸聚酯 (重量%) 撥液化合物 (重量%) 光聚合性化合物 (重量%) 溶媒 (重量%) 其他添加劑(重量%) 顏料 (重量%) 表面處理 藍色顏料 (重量%) 紫色顏料 (重量%) 藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比 其他的遮光顏料 (重量%) 聚合抑制劑 密接性改良劑 界面活性劑 實施例1 P-1 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例2 P-2 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.05) PV23(0.11) 30/70 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例3 P-3 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.11) PV23(0.05) 70/30 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例4 P-4 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德 (Omnirad)-819(1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.02) PV23(0.13) 15/85 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例5 P-5 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.13) PV23(0.02) 85/15 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例6 P-6 PSL-1(18.7) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.18) PV23(0.12) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例7 P-7 PSL-1(18.5) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.30) PV23(0.20) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例8 P-8 PSL-1(17.2) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(1.08) PV23(0.72) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例9 P-9 PSL-1(18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.06) PV23(0.04) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例10 P-10 PSL-1(18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.03) PV23(0.02) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例11 P-11 PSL-1(19.0) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.002) PV23(0.001) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚 (0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) [Table 2-1] [Table 2-1] Resin composition for partition walls Resin (wt%) Sensitizer (weight%) white pigment Yellow precursor compound (wt%) shading pigment Reducing agent (weight %) Phosphate polyester (wt%) Liquid repellent compound (weight %) Photopolymerizable compound (weight %) Solvent (weight%) Other additives (wt%) Pigments (wt%) surface treatment Blue pigment (wt%) Purple pigment (wt%) Weight ratio of blue pigment to purple pigment Other opaque pigments (wt%) polymerization inhibitor Adhesion improver surfactant Example 1 P-1 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 2 P-2 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.05) PV23 (0.11) 30/70 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 3 P-3 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.11) PV23 (0.05) 70/30 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 4 P-4 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.02) PV23 (0.13) 15/85 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 5 P-5 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.13) PV23 (0.02) 85/15 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 6 P-6 PSL-1 (18.7) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.18) PV23 (0.12) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 7 P-7 PSL-1(18.5) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.30) PV23 (0.20) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 8 P-8 PSL-1 (17.2) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (1.08) PV23 (0.72) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 9 P-9 PSL-1 (18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.06) PV23 (0.04) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 10 P-10 PSL-1 (18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.03) PV23 (0.02) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 11 P-11 PSL-1 (19.0) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.002) PV23 (0.001) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm)

[表2-2] [表2-2] 隔壁用樹脂組成物 樹脂 (重量%) 感光劑 (重量%) 白色顏料 黃色前驅物化合物 (重量%) 遮光顏料 還原劑 (重量%) 磷酸聚酯 (重量%) 撥液化合物 (重量%) 光聚合性化合物(重量%) 溶媒 (重量%) 其他添加劑(重量%) 顏料 (重量%) 表面處理 藍色顏料(重量%) 紫色顏料(重量%) 藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比 其他的遮光顏料 (重量%) 聚合抑制劑 密接性改良劑 界面活性劑 實施例12 P-12 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 APAG-1(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (45) EDM (5) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例13 P-13 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銅(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例14 P-14 PSL-1(17.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 1,4-二羥基蒽氫醌(1.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (49) EDM (11) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例15 P-15 PSL-1(18.3) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(1.0) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (53) EDM (7) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例16 P-16 PSL-1(16.3) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(3.0) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (38) EDM (22) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例17 P-17 PSL-1(19.1) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.25) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (48) EDM (2) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例18 P-18 PSL-1(19.3) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.04) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (49.6)EDM (0.4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) 實施例19 P-19 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - - 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) 易璐諾斯(IRGANOX)1010 (0.13) 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352(500 ppm) [Table 2-2] [Table 2-2] Resin composition for partition walls Resin (wt%) Sensitizer (weight%) white pigment Yellow precursor compound (wt%) shading pigment Reducing agent (weight %) Phosphate polyester (wt%) Liquid repellent compound (weight %) Photopolymerizable compound (weight %) Solvent (weight%) Other additives (wt%) Pigments (wt%) surface treatment Blue pigment (wt%) Purple pigment (wt%) Weight ratio of blue pigment to purple pigment Other opaque pigments (wt%) polymerization inhibitor Adhesion improver surfactant Example 12 P-12 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 APAG-1 (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (45) EDM (5) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 13 P-13 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Copper neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 14 P-14 PSL-1 (17.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 1,4-Dihydroxyanthrahydroquinone (1.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (49) EDM (11) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 15 P-15 PSL-1 (18.3) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver Neodecanoate (1.0) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (53) EDM (7) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 16 P-16 PSL-1 (16.3) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver Neodecanoate (3.0) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (38) EDM (22) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 17 P-17 PSL-1 (19.1) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.25) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (48) EDM (2) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 18 P-18 PSL-1 (19.3) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.04) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (49.6) EDM (0.4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 19 P-19 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - - DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) IRGANOX 1010 (0.13) Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm)

[表2-3] [表2-3] 隔壁用樹脂組成物 樹脂(重量%) 感光劑(重量%) 白色顏料 黃色前驅物化合物(重量%) 遮光顏料 還原劑(重量%) 磷酸聚酯(重量%) 撥液化合物(重量%) 光聚合性化合物(重量%) 溶媒(重量%) 其他添加劑(重量%) 顏料(重量%) 表面處理 藍色顏料(重量%) 紫色顏料(重量%) 藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比 其他的遮光顏料(重量%) 聚合抑制劑 密接性改良劑 界面活性劑 實施例20 P-20 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-109(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例21 P-21 PSL-2(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例22 P-22 PSL-1(19.0) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) - - - - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例23 P-23 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) - PV23(0.15) 0/100 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例24 P-24 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.15) - 100/0 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例25 P-25 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) PFC105(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2/SiO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例26 P-26 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819(1.0) R960(15.0) Al 2O 3/SiO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 實施例27 P-27 PSL-3(20.8) THP-17(10) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) - PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 比較例1 P-28 PSL-1(33.8) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) - - 新癸酸銀(0.5) PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 比較例2 P-29 PSL-1(19.3) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 - PB15:6N(0.09) PV23(0.06) 60/40 - 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA(50) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) 比較例3 P-30 PSL-1(18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) 奧米尼拉德(Omnirad)-819 (1.0) CR-97(15.0) Al 2O 3/ZrO 2 - - - - TiN(0.10%) 第三丁基對苯二酚(0.13) 迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)-111(3.0) RS-72A(0.25) DPHA(10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - 賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) [Table 2-3] [Table 2-3] Resin composition for partition walls Resin (wt%) Sensitizer (weight%) white pigment Yellow precursor compound (wt%) shading pigment Reducing agent (weight %) Phosphate polyester (wt%) Liquid repellent compound (weight %) Photopolymerizable compound (weight %) Solvent (weight%) Other additives (wt%) Pigments (wt%) surface treatment Blue pigment (wt%) Purple pigment (wt%) Weight ratio of blue pigment to purple pigment Other opaque pigments (wt%) polymerization inhibitor Adhesion improver surfactant Example 20 P-20 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-109 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 21 P-21 PSL-2 (18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 22 P-22 PSL-1 (19.0) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) - - - - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 23 P-23 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) - PV23 (0.15) 0/100 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 24 P-24 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.15) - 100/0 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 25 P-25 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) PFC105(15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 /SiO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 26 P-26 PSL-1(18.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) R960 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /SiO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Example 27 P-27 PSL-3 (20.8) THP-17(10) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) - PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Comparative example 1 P-28 PSL-1 (33.8) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) - - Silver neodecanoate (0.5) PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Comparative example 2 P-29 PSL-1 (19.3) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 - PB15: 6N (0.09) PV23 (0.06) 60/40 - tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA(50) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm) Comparative example 3 P-30 PSL-1 (18.9) OXE-02 (1.0) Omnirad-819 (1.0) CR-97 (15.0) Al 2 O 3 /ZrO 2 - - - - TiN (0.10%) tert-butylhydroquinone (0.13) DISPERBYK-111 (3.0) RS-72A (0.25) DPHA (10) PGMEA (46) EDM (4) - Celloxide 2021P (0.10) BYK-352 (500 ppm)

製備例1 顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-1) 將20重量份的綠色量子點材料(路米特(Lumidot)640 CdSe/ZnS,平均粒徑6.3 nm:奧德里奇(Aldrich)公司製造)的0.5重量%甲苯溶液、45重量份的DPHA、5重量份的「豔佳固(Irgacure)」(註冊商標)907(日本巴斯夫(股)製造)、166重量份的丙烯酸樹脂(SPCR-18(商品名),昭和電工(股)製造)的30重量%PGMEA溶液及97重量份的甲苯混合並進行攪拌而均勻地溶解。利用0.45 μm的注射器過濾器對所獲得的混合物進行過濾,製備顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-1)。 Preparation Example 1 Color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-1) 20 parts by weight of a green quantum dot material (Lumidot 640 CdSe/ZnS, average particle size 6.3 nm: manufactured by Aldrich) in 0.5% by weight toluene solution, 45 parts by weight of DPHA, 5 30 parts by weight of "Irgacure" (registered trademark) 907 (manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd.), 166 parts by weight of acrylic resin (SPCR-18 (trade name), manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) %PGMEA solution and 97 parts by weight of toluene were mixed and stirred to dissolve uniformly. The obtained mixture was filtered using a 0.45 μm syringe filter to prepare a color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-1).

製備例2 顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2) 使用0.4重量份的藉由合成例4而獲得的綠色螢光體G-1來代替綠色量子點材料,且將甲苯的添加量變更為117重量份,除此以外,以與製備例1相同的方式製備顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)。 Preparation Example 2 Color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-2) The same procedure as Preparation Example 1 was used except that 0.4 parts by weight of the green phosphor G-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was used instead of the green quantum dot material and the amount of toluene added was changed to 117 parts by weight. The color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-2) is prepared by the method.

製備例3 顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-3) 使用0.4重量份的藉由合成例5而獲得的紅色螢光體R-1來代替綠色量子點材料,且將甲苯的添加量變更為117重量份,除此以外,以與製備例1相同的方式製備顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-3)。 Preparation Example 3 Color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-3) The same procedure as Preparation Example 1 was used except that 0.4 parts by weight of the red phosphor R-1 obtained in Synthesis Example 5 was used instead of the green quantum dot material and the amount of toluene added was changed to 117 parts by weight. The color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-3) was prepared by the method.

製備例4 彩色濾光片形成材料(CF-1) 將90 g的C.I.顏料綠59、60 g的C.I.顏料黃150、75 g的高分子分散劑(「BYK」(註冊商標)-6919(商品名)畢克化學(BYK-Chemie)公司製造(以下「BYK-6919」))、100 g的黏合劑樹脂(「艾迪科阿克爾斯(ADEKA ARKLS)」(註冊商標)WR301(商品名)艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造)、及675 g的PGMEA混合,製作漿料。利用管(tube)將放入有漿料的燒杯與戴諾磨機(Dyno-Mill)相連,使用直徑0.5 mm的氧化鋯珠作為介質,以圓周速度14 m/s進行8小時的分散處理,製作顏料綠59分散液(GD-1)。 Preparation Example 4 Color filter forming material (CF-1) Mix 90 g of C.I. Pigment Green 59, 60 g of C.I. Pigment Yellow 150, and 75 g of polymer dispersant ("BYK" (registered trademark)-6919 (trade name) manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. (hereinafter) "BYK-6919")), 100 g of adhesive resin ("ADEKA ARKLS" (registered trademark) WR301 (trade name) manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), and 675 g of PGMEA to make a slurry. Use a tube to connect the beaker containing the slurry to the Dyno-Mill, use zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm as the medium, and conduct dispersion processing at a circumferential speed of 14 m/s for 8 hours. Prepare Pigment Green 59 dispersion (GD-1).

將顏料綠59分散液(GD-1)56.54 g、3.14 g的丙烯酸樹脂(「沙克馬(Cyclomer)」(註冊商標)P(ACA)Z250(商品名)大賽璐奧奈科斯(Daicel-Allnex)(股)製造(以下「P(ACA)Z250」))、2.64 g的DPHA、光聚合起始劑(「奧普陶瑪(Optomer)」(註冊商標)NCI-831(商品名)艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造(以下「NCI-831」))0.330 g、0.04 g的界面活性劑(「BYK」(註冊商標)-333(商品名)畢克化學(BYK-Chemie)公司製造(以下「BYK-333」))、作為聚合抑制劑的0.01 g的BHT及作為溶媒的37.30 g的PGMEA 混合,製作彩色濾光片形成材料(CF-1)。Mix 56.54 g of Pigment Green 59 dispersion (GD-1) and 3.14 g of acrylic resin ("Cyclomer" (registered trademark) P (ACA) Z250 (trade name) Daicel-Allnex (hereinafter "P(ACA)Z250")), 2.64 g of DPHA, photopolymerization initiator ("Optomer" (registered trademark) NCI-831 (trade name) Adico Manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd. (hereinafter "NCI-831")) 0.330 g, 0.04 g of surfactant ("BYK" (registered trademark)-333 (trade name) manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. ( Mix "BYK-333" below), 0.01 g of BHT as a polymerization inhibitor, and 37.30 g of PGMEA as a solvent to prepare a color filter forming material (CF-1).

製備例5 遮光隔壁用樹脂組成物 將碳黑(MA100(商品名)三菱化學(股)製造)150 g、75 g的高分子分散劑BYK-6919、100 g的P(ACA)Z250及675 g的PGMEA混合,製作漿料。利用管將放入有漿料的燒杯與戴諾磨機相連,使用直徑0.5 mm的氧化鋯珠作為介質,以圓周速度14 m/s進行8小時的分散處理,製作顏料分散液(MB-1)。 Preparation Example 5 Resin composition for light-shielding partition walls Mix 150 g of carbon black (MA100 (trade name) manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.), 75 g of polymer dispersant BYK-6919, 100 g of P(ACA)Z250, and 675 g of PGMEA to prepare a slurry. Use a tube to connect the beaker containing the slurry to the Dyno mill, use zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm as the medium, and conduct dispersion processing at a peripheral speed of 14 m/s for 8 hours to prepare a pigment dispersion (MB-1 ).

將顏料分散液(MB-1)56.54 g、3.14 g的P(ACA)Z250、2.64 g的DPHA、0.330 g的NCI-831、0.04 g的BYK-333、作為聚合抑制劑的第三丁基兒茶酚0.01 g及37.30 g的PGMEA混合,製作遮光隔壁用樹脂組成物。56.54 g of pigment dispersion (MB-1), 3.14 g of P(ACA) Z250, 2.64 g of DPHA, 0.330 g of NCI-831, 0.04 g of BYK-333, and tert-butyl as a polymerization inhibitor Mix 0.01 g of tea phenol and 37.30 g of PGMEA to prepare a resin composition for light-shielding partition walls.

製備例6 有機銀化合物(APAG-1) 使作為(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物溶液的SPCR-10P((商品名),昭和電工(股)製造)的30重量%PGMEA溶液5.0 g溶解於丙酮5.0 g中,滴加二乙醇胺0.0555 g(相對於(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物而為1.5莫耳當量),於室溫下攪拌1小時而生成(甲基)丙烯酸聚合物溶液的胺鹽。接著,向該溶液中添加硝酸銀(I)0.0287 g,於室溫下攪拌1小時,結果產生沈澱。利用5.0 μm的過濾器進行過濾後,以固體成分成為10%的方式添加PGMEA,獲得有機銀化合物(APAG-1)。 Preparation Example 6 Organic silver compound (APAG-1) 5.0 g of a 30% by weight PGMEA solution of SPCR-10P ((trade name), manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) which is a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution was dissolved in 5.0 g of acetone, and 0.0555 g of diethanolamine (vs. (1.5 molar equivalent to (meth)acrylic acid polymer), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour to produce an amine salt of a (meth)acrylic acid polymer solution. Next, 0.0287 g of silver nitrate (I) was added to the solution and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. As a result, precipitation occurred. After filtering with a 5.0 μm filter, PGMEA was added so that the solid content became 10%, and an organic silver compound (APAG-1) was obtained.

實施例28~實施例54、比較例4~比較例6 使用10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板(AGC科技玻璃(AGC Techno Glass)(股)製造,厚度0.7 mm;以下相同)作為基底基板。於其上旋塗表2~表4所示的隔壁用樹脂組成物,使用加熱板(商品名SCW-636,大日本網屏製造(股)製造;以下相同),於溫度80℃下乾燥3分鐘,製作乾燥膜。針對所製作的乾燥膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機(商品名PLA-501F,佳能(Cannon)(股)製造;以下相同),將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,介隔光罩,以曝光量300 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置(瀧澤產業(股)製造的「AD-2000(商品名)」;以下相同),使用0.045重量%氫氧化鉀水溶液進行100秒噴淋顯影,繼而使用水進行30秒淋洗。進而,使用烘箱(商品名IHPS-222,愛斯佩克(Espec)(股)製造;以下相同),於空氣中於溫度230℃下加熱30分鐘,於玻璃基板上形成使高度10 μm、寬度20 μm的隔壁形成為短邊80 μm、長邊280 μm的間距間隔的格子狀圖案的隔壁。 Examples 28 to 54 and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 A 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd., thickness 0.7 mm; the same below) was used as the base substrate. The resin composition for partition walls shown in Tables 2 to 4 was spin-coated thereon, using a hot plate (trade name SCW-636, manufactured by Dainippon Screen Manufacturing Co., Ltd.; the same below), and dried at a temperature of 80°C for 3 minutes to make a dry film. For the produced dry film, a parallel light mask was used to align the exposure machine (trade name PLA-501F, manufactured by Cannon (Cannon) Co., Ltd.; the same below), an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp was used as a light source, and the mask was used to expose Expose with a dose of 300 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray). Thereafter, using an automatic developing device ("AD-2000 (trade name)" manufactured by Takizawa Sangyo Co., Ltd.; the same below), spray development was performed using a 0.045% by weight potassium hydroxide aqueous solution for 100 seconds, followed by water for 30 seconds. Rinse. Furthermore, using an oven (trade name IHPS-222, manufactured by Espec Co., Ltd.; the same below), it was heated in the air at a temperature of 230° C. for 30 minutes to form a glass substrate with a height of 10 μm and a width of 10 μm. The 20 μm partition walls are formed in a grid-like pattern with intervals of 80 μm on the short side and 280 μm on the long side.

於由所獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁隔開的區域,於氮氣環境下,使用噴墨法塗佈表3~表4所示的顏色變換發光材料組成物,於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素,獲得圖2所示的結構的帶隔壁的基板。The color-changing luminescent material composition shown in Table 3 to Table 4 was applied to the area separated by the partition walls of the obtained substrate with partition walls in a nitrogen atmosphere using the inkjet method, and dried at 100° C. for 30 minutes. Pixels with a thickness of 5.0 μm were formed to obtain a substrate with partition walls having the structure shown in FIG. 2 .

實施例55 使用10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板作為基底基板。於其上旋塗隔壁用樹脂組成物(P-27),使用加熱板,於溫度80℃下乾燥3分鐘,製作乾燥膜。針對所製作的乾燥膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機,將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,介隔光罩,以曝光量300 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置,利用2.38重量%氫氧化四甲基銨水溶液進行90秒噴淋顯影,繼而利用水進行30秒淋洗。其後,與之前同樣地,不介隔光罩,以曝光量500 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光,且進行漂白。進而,使用烘箱,於空氣中於溫度230℃下加熱30分鐘,於玻璃基板上形成使高度10 μm、寬度20 μm的隔壁形成為短邊80 μm、長邊280 μm的間距間隔的格子狀圖案的隔壁。 Example 55 A 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate was used as the base substrate. The resin composition for partition walls (P-27) was spin-coated thereon, and dried at a temperature of 80° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to prepare a dry film. For the produced dry film, use a parallel light mask to align the exposure machine, use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp as the light source, and expose through the light mask at an exposure dose of 300 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray). Thereafter, an automatic developing device was used to perform spray development using a 2.38% by weight tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 90 seconds, followed by rinsing with water for 30 seconds. Thereafter, in the same manner as before, exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 (g rays, h rays, and i rays) without interposing a light mask, and bleaching was performed. Furthermore, using an oven, it was heated in the air at a temperature of 230° C. for 30 minutes to form a lattice-like pattern in which partition walls with a height of 10 μm and a width of 20 μm were formed at intervals of 80 μm on the short side and 280 μm on the long side on the glass substrate. next door.

於由所獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁隔開的區域,於氮氣環境下,使用噴墨法塗佈顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2),於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素,獲得圖2所示的結構的帶隔壁的基板。The color-converting luminescent material composition (CL-2) was applied to the area separated by the partitions of the obtained substrate with partitions in a nitrogen atmosphere using the inkjet method, and dried at 100°C for 30 minutes to form a thickness of 5.0 μm pixels, a substrate with barrier ribs having the structure shown in Figure 2 is obtained.

實施例56 使用10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板作為基底基板。於其上旋塗藉由製備例5而獲得的遮光隔壁形成材料,使用加熱板,於溫度90℃下乾燥2分鐘,製作乾燥膜。針對所製作的乾燥膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機,將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,介隔光罩,以曝光量40 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置,利用0.3重量%四甲基銨水溶液進行50秒顯影,繼而利用水進行30秒淋洗。進而,使用烘箱,於空氣中於溫度230℃下加熱30分鐘,獲得如下的帶遮光隔壁的基板,其於玻璃基板上使高度2.0 μm、寬度20 μm、每1.0 μm厚度的OD值為2.0的隔壁形成為短邊40 μm、長邊280 μm的間距間隔的格子狀圖案。 Example 56 A 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate was used as the base substrate. The light-shielding partition forming material obtained in Preparation Example 5 was spin-coated thereon, and dried at a temperature of 90° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to prepare a dry film. For the produced dry film, use a parallel light mask to align the exposure machine, use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp as the light source, and expose through the light mask at an exposure dose of 40 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray). Thereafter, an automatic developing device was used to develop with a 0.3% by weight tetramethylammonium aqueous solution for 50 seconds, and then rinsed with water for 30 seconds. Furthermore, using an oven, it was heated in the air at a temperature of 230° C. for 30 minutes to obtain a substrate with light-shielding partitions on a glass substrate having a height of 2.0 μm, a width of 20 μm, and an OD value per 1.0 μm of thickness of 2.0. The partition walls are formed in a lattice-like pattern with pitch intervals of 40 μm on the short side and 280 μm on the long side.

其後,藉由與實施例29同樣的方法,獲得如下的帶隔壁的基板,其於遮光隔壁上使高度10 μm、寬度20 μm的隔壁形成為與短邊40 μm、長邊280 μm的間距間隔的遮光隔壁同樣的格子狀圖案。於由所獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁隔開的區域,於氮氣環境下,使用噴墨法塗佈藉由製備例2而獲得的顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2),於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素,獲得圖3所示的結構的帶隔壁的基板。Thereafter, by the same method as in Example 29, a substrate with partition walls was obtained in which partition walls with a height of 10 μm and a width of 20 μm were formed on the light-shielding partition walls at a distance from the short side of 40 μm and the long side of 280 μm. The spaced light-blocking partitions have the same grid pattern. The color-converting luminescent material composition (CL-2) obtained in Preparation Example 2 was applied to the area separated by the partitions of the obtained substrate with partitions in a nitrogen atmosphere using the inkjet method, and the temperature was maintained at 100°C. The film was dried for 30 minutes to form a pixel with a thickness of 5.0 μm, and a substrate with partition walls having the structure shown in Figure 3 was obtained.

實施例57 於藉由與實施例29同樣的方法獲得的由畫素形成前的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁隔開的區域,以硬化後的膜厚成為2.5 μm的方式塗佈藉由製備例4而獲得的彩色濾光片形成材料(CF-1),進行真空乾燥。介隔以於帶隔壁的基板的開口部的區域被曝光的方式設計的光罩,以曝光量40 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光。於藉由0.3重量%四甲基銨水溶液進行50秒顯影後,於230℃下進行30分鐘加熱硬化,於由隔壁隔開的區域形成高度2.5 μm、短邊40 μm、長邊280 μm的彩色濾光片層。其後,於彩色濾光片上,於氮氣環境下,使用噴墨法塗佈藉由製備例2而獲得的顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2),於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素,獲得圖4所示的結構的帶隔壁的基板。 將各實施例及比較例的結構示於表3~表4中。 Example 57 The film prepared in Preparation Example 4 was applied to the area separated by the partition walls of the substrate with partition walls before pixel formation, which was obtained by the same method as Example 29, so that the film thickness after curing became 2.5 μm. The obtained color filter forming material (CF-1) was vacuum dried. Exposure was performed at an exposure dose of 40 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray) through a photomask designed so that the opening area of the substrate with partition walls was exposed. After developing with a 0.3% by weight tetramethylammonium aqueous solution for 50 seconds, it was heated and hardened at 230°C for 30 minutes to form a color with a height of 2.5 μm, a short side of 40 μm, and a long side of 280 μm in the area separated by the partition wall. Filter layer. Thereafter, the color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-2) obtained by Preparation Example 2 was coated on the color filter in a nitrogen atmosphere using an inkjet method, and dried at 100°C for 30 minutes to form With a pixel thickness of 5.0 μm, a substrate with partition walls having the structure shown in Figure 4 was obtained. The structures of each Example and Comparative Example are shown in Tables 3 and 4.

[表3] [表3] 隔壁用樹脂組成物 隔壁 畫素 遮光隔壁 彩色濾光片層   樹脂含有率 (重量%) 白色顏料含有率 (重量%) 藍色顏料及紫色顏料的合計含有率 (重量%) 氧化銀及/或銀粒子理論含有率 (重量%) 其他遮光顏料含有率 (重量%) 顏色變換發光材料組成物 畫素高度(μm) 遮光隔壁高度(μm) 彩色濾光片高度(μm) 實施例28 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-1 5.0 - - 實施例29 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例30 P-2 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例31 P-3 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例32 P-4 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例33 P-5 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例34 P-6 37.4 30 0.6 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例35 P-7 37.0 30 1.0 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例36 P-8 34.4 30 3.6 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例37 P-9 37.8 30 0.2 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例38 P-10 37.9 30 0.1 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例39 P-11 37.9 30 0.005 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例40 P-12 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例41 P-13 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例42 P-14 35.6 30 0.3 3.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例43 P-15 36.6 30 0.3 2.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   [Table 3] [Table 3] Resin composition for partition walls next door pixel blackout partition color filter layer Resin content (weight%) White pigment content (weight %) Total content of blue pigment and purple pigment (% by weight) Theoretical content of silver oxide and/or silver particles (% by weight) Content rate of other shading pigments (% by weight) Color changing luminescent material composition Pixel height (μm) Height of light-shielding partition (μm) Color filter height (μm) Example 28 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-1 5.0 - - Example 29 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 30 P-2 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 31 P-3 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 32 P-4 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 33 P-5 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 34 P-6 37.4 30 0.6 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 35 P-7 37.0 30 1.0 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 36 P-8 34.4 30 3.6 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 37 P-9 37.8 30 0.2 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 38 P-10 37.9 30 0.1 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 39 P-11 37.9 30 0.005 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 40 P-12 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 41 P-13 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 42 P-14 35.6 30 0.3 3.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 43 P-15 36.6 30 0.3 2.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -

[表4] [表4] 隔壁用樹脂組成物 隔壁 畫素 遮光隔壁 彩色濾光片層   樹脂含有率 (重量%) 白色顏料含有率 (重量%) 藍色顏料及紫色顏料的合計含有率 (重量%) 氧化銀及/或銀粒子理論含有率 (重量%) 其他遮光顏料含有率 (重量%) 顏色變換發光材料組成物 畫素高度(μm) 遮光隔壁高度 (μm) 彩色濾光片高度(μm) 實施例44 P-16 32.6 30 0.3 6.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例45 P-17 38.2 30 0.3 0.5 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例46 P-18 38.6 30 0.3 0.1 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例47 P-19 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例48 P-20 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例49 P-21 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例50 P-22 38.0 30 - 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例51 P-23 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例52 P-24 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例53 P-25 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例54 P-26 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例55 P-27 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   實施例56 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 2.0 -   實施例57 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - 2.5   比較例4 P-28 67.6 - 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - -   比較例5 P-29 38.7 30 0.3 - - CL-2 5.0 - -   比較例6 P-30 37.8 30 - 1.0 0.2 CL-2 5.0 - -   [Table 4] [Table 4] Resin composition for partition walls next door pixel blackout partition color filter layer Resin content (weight%) White pigment content (weight %) Total content of blue pigment and purple pigment (% by weight) Theoretical content of silver oxide and/or silver particles (% by weight) Content rate of other shading pigments (% by weight) Color changing luminescent material composition Pixel height (μm) Height of light-shielding partition (μm) Color filter height (μm) Example 44 P-16 32.6 30 0.3 6.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 45 P-17 38.2 30 0.3 0.5 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 46 P-18 38.6 30 0.3 0.1 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 47 P-19 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 48 P-20 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 49 P-21 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 50 P-22 38.0 30 - 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 51 P-23 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 52 P-24 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 53 P-25 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 54 P-26 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 55 P-27 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Example 56 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 2.0 - Example 57 P-1 37.7 30 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - 2.5 Comparative example 4 P-28 67.6 - 0.3 1.0 - CL-2 5.0 - - Comparative example 5 P-29 38.7 30 0.3 - - CL-2 5.0 - - Comparative example 6 P-30 37.8 30 - 1.0 0.2 CL-2 5.0 - -

以下示出各實施例及比較例的評價方法。The evaluation methods of each Example and Comparative Example are shown below.

<高度> 關於藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板的各層,使用薩氟慕(SURFCOM)觸針式膜厚測定裝置,測定各層形成前後的膜厚,算出其差分,藉此測定高度。 <Height> Regarding each layer of the substrate with partition walls obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, a SURFCOM stylus type film thickness measuring device was used to measure the film thickness before and after the formation of each layer, and the difference was calculated to measure the height. .

<耐裂紋性> 以加熱後的膜厚分別成為10 μm、15 μm、20 μm及25 μm的方式旋塗各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁形成樹脂組成物。關於實施例28~實施例54、實施例56~實施例57及比較例4~比較例6中使用的隔壁形成樹脂組成物之後的步驟,於曝光時不介隔光罩地對整體進行曝光,除此以外,於與各實施例及比較例相同的條件下進行加工,於玻璃基板上製作整體膜。關於實施例55中使用的隔壁形成樹脂組成物之後的步驟,於不曝光地進行顯影後進行漂白,除此以外,於相同的條件下進行加工,於玻璃基板上製作整體膜。將所獲得的整體膜作為藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁的模型,目視觀察具有整體膜的玻璃基板,評價整體膜有無裂紋。於確認到即便一個裂紋的情況下,亦判斷為該膜厚無耐裂紋性。例如,於膜厚15 μm時無裂紋、膜厚20 μm時有裂紋的情況下,將耐裂紋膜厚判定為「≧15 μm」。另外,將即便為25 μm亦無裂紋時的耐裂紋膜厚判定為「≧25 μm」,將即便為10 μm亦有裂紋時的耐裂紋膜厚判定為「<10 μm」,作為耐裂紋性。 <Crack resistance> The partition wall-forming resin composition used in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples was spin-coated so that the film thickness after heating became 10 μm, 15 μm, 20 μm, and 25 μm, respectively. Regarding the steps after the partition wall forming resin composition used in Examples 28 to 54, Examples 56 to 57, and Comparative Examples 4 to 6, the entire body was exposed without a light shield during exposure. Except for this, processing was performed under the same conditions as in each Example and Comparative Example to produce a monolithic film on the glass substrate. Regarding the steps after the partition-forming resin composition used in Example 55, it was processed under the same conditions except that it was developed without exposure and then bleached to form a monolithic film on a glass substrate. The obtained whole film was used as a model of the partition wall of the partition board-equipped substrate obtained by each Example and Comparative Example, and the glass substrate with the whole film was visually observed, and the presence or absence of cracks in the whole film was evaluated. When even one crack is confirmed, it is judged that the film thickness has no crack resistance. For example, if there are no cracks when the film thickness is 15 μm and there are cracks when the film thickness is 20 μm, the crack-resistant film thickness is judged to be "≧15 μm". In addition, the crack-resistant film thickness when there are no cracks even if it is 25 μm is judged as "≧25 μm", and the crack-resistant film thickness when there are cracks even if it is 10 μm is judged as "<10 μm", as the crack resistance .

<解析度> 將各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁用樹脂組成物以加熱後的膜厚成為10 μm的方式旋塗於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板,於溫度100℃下乾燥3分鐘,製作膜厚10 μm的乾燥膜。針對所製作的乾燥膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機,將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,介隔具有100 μm、80 μm、60 μm、50 μm、40 μm、30 μm及20 μm的各寬度的線與空間圖案的遮罩,於曝光量150 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)下,以100 μm的間隙進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置,使用0.045重量%氫氧化鉀水溶液進行100秒噴淋顯影,繼而使用水進行30秒淋洗。 <Resolution> The resin composition for partition walls used in each Example and Comparative Example was spin-coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate so that the film thickness after heating became 10 μm. Using a hot plate, the resin composition was heated at a temperature of 100 Dry at ℃ for 3 minutes to produce a dry film with a film thickness of 10 μm. For the produced dry film, use a parallel light mask to align the exposure machine, use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp as the light source, and separate the widths of 100 μm, 80 μm, 60 μm, 50 μm, 40 μm, 30 μm and 20 μm. The line and space pattern mask was exposed with a gap of 100 μm at an exposure dose of 150 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray). Thereafter, an automatic developing device was used to perform spray development using a 0.045% by weight potassium hydroxide aqueous solution for 100 seconds, followed by rinsing with water for 30 seconds.

<反射率> 對於實施例28~實施例54、實施例56~實施例57及比較例4~比較例6中使用的隔壁形成樹脂組成物,於曝光時不介隔光罩地對整體進行曝光,除此以外,於與各實施例及比較例相同的條件下進行加工,於玻璃基板上製作高度10 μm的整體膜。關於實施例55中使用的隔壁形成樹脂組成物,於不曝光地進行顯影後進行漂白,除此以外,於相同的條件下進行加工,於玻璃基板上製作高度10 μm的整體膜。 <Reflectivity> The partition wall-forming resin compositions used in Examples 28 to 54, Examples 56 to 57, and Comparative Examples 4 to 6 were exposed as a whole without interposing a light barrier. , processing was performed under the same conditions as in each example and comparative example, and a monolithic film with a height of 10 μm was produced on a glass substrate. The partition-forming resin composition used in Example 55 was processed under the same conditions except that it was developed without exposure and then bleached to produce a monolithic film with a height of 10 μm on a glass substrate.

關於所獲得的具有整體膜的玻璃基板,使用分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造),自整體膜側利用SCI模式測定波長區域360 nm~740 nm中的反射率。將於波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的最小及最大的反射率的值分別設為「最小反射率」及「最大反射率」。The obtained glass substrate with the integral film was measured in the SCI mode from the integral film side using a spectrophotometer (trade name: CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) in the wavelength range of 360 nm. Reflectance in ~740 nm. The minimum and maximum reflectance values in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm are respectively designated as "minimum reflectance" and "maximum reflectance".

<OD值> 作為藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁的模型,與反射率的評價同樣地於玻璃基板上製作高度10 μm的整體膜。關於所獲得的具有整體膜的玻璃基板,使用分光光度計(日立高科技製造的U-4100)測定波長區域360 nm~740 nm中的透過率,藉由上文所述的式(1)算出波長區域360 nm~740 nm中的OD值。將於波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的最小及最大OD值的值分別設為「最小OD值」及「最大OD值」。 <OD value> As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with partition walls obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, a whole film with a height of 10 μm was produced on a glass substrate in the same manner as in the evaluation of reflectance. The transmittance of the obtained glass substrate with a monolithic film was measured in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 740 nm using a spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-tech), and the transmittance was calculated by the above-mentioned formula (1). OD value in the wavelength range 360 nm to 740 nm. The values of the minimum and maximum OD values in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm are respectively set as "minimum OD value" and "maximum OD value".

另外,關於實施例56,作為遮光隔壁(A-2)的模型,同樣地於玻璃基板上製作整體膜。關於所獲得的具有整體膜的玻璃基板,使用分光光度計(日立高科技製造的U-4100)測定波長區域360 nm~740 nm中的透過率,藉由上文所述的式(1)算出波長550 nm下的OD值。In addition, regarding Example 56, as a model of the light-shielding partition wall (A-2), a whole film was produced on a glass substrate in the same manner. The transmittance of the obtained glass substrate with a monolithic film was measured in the wavelength range of 360 nm to 740 nm using a spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-tech), and the transmittance was calculated by the above-mentioned formula (1). OD value at wavelength 550 nm.

<色度> 作為藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板的隔壁的模型,與反射率的評價同樣地於玻璃基板上製作高度10 μm的整體膜。關於所獲得的具有整體膜的玻璃基板,使用分光測色計(商品名CM-2600d,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)(股)製造),自整體膜側利用SCI模式測定色度(L*值、a*及b*值)。再者,關於b*值,分別測定加熱步驟前的整體膜及加熱步驟後的b*值,將其差(Δb*)作為「加熱步驟前後的Δb*」記載於表5~表6中。 <Chroma> As a model of the partition wall of the substrate with partition walls obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, a whole film with a height of 10 μm was produced on a glass substrate in the same manner as in the evaluation of reflectance. Regarding the obtained glass substrate with the integral film, the colorimetric (L *value, a* and b*value). Furthermore, regarding the b* value, the entire film before the heating step and the b* value after the heating step were measured, and the difference (Δb*) was recorded in Tables 5 and 6 as "Δb* before and after the heating step".

<低溫加熱前後的Δb*> 使用各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁形成用樹脂組成物,將最後的加熱條件變更為空氣中、100℃下、60分鐘,除此以外,以與所述反射率的評價相同的方式於玻璃基板上製作高度10 μm的整體膜。關於所獲得的整體膜,與所述色度的評價同樣地,算出b*值。分別測定加熱步驟前的整體膜及加熱步驟後的b*值,並算出其差(Δb*),藉此,藉由下述基準來評價低溫加熱時的OD值變化。 A:Δb*>15 B:10≦Δb*≦15 C:Δb*<10。 <Δb* before and after low-temperature heating> The resin composition for partition wall formation used in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples was used, except that the final heating conditions were changed to 60 minutes in the air at 100° C. in the same manner as the evaluation of the reflectance. An overall film with a height of 10 μm was fabricated on a glass substrate. Regarding the obtained entire film, the b* value was calculated in the same manner as in the evaluation of the chromaticity. The b* value of the entire film before the heating step and after the heating step was measured, and the difference (Δb*) was calculated, whereby the change in the OD value during low-temperature heating was evaluated based on the following standards. A:Δb*>15 B:10≦Δb*≦15 C: Δb*<10.

<耐光性> 將各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁用樹脂組成物旋塗於10 cm見方的無鹼玻璃基板上,使用加熱板,於溫度90℃下乾燥3分鐘,製作膜厚10 μm的乾燥膜。針對具有所獲得的乾燥膜的玻璃基板,使用分光光度計(日立高科技製造的U-4100)測定波長436 nm下的透過率。針對所製作的乾燥膜,使用平行光遮罩對準曝光機,將超高壓水銀燈作為光源,不介隔光罩,以曝光量1000 mJ/cm 2(g射線、h射線、i射線)進行曝光。針對具有所獲得的曝光後的膜的玻璃基板,再次同樣地測定波長436 nm下的透過率。藉由算出曝光前後的膜的透過率差(ΔT 436 nm),根據下述基準評價耐光性。 A:ΔT 436 nm<3% B:3%≦ΔT 436 nm≦5% C:5%<ΔT 436 nm<Light resistance> The resin composition for partition walls used in each Example and Comparative Example was spin-coated on a 10 cm square alkali-free glass substrate, and dried using a hot plate at a temperature of 90°C for 3 minutes to produce a film thickness of 10 μm. dry film. The transmittance at a wavelength of 436 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (U-4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies) on the glass substrate having the obtained dry film. For the produced dry film, use a parallel light mask to align the exposure machine, use an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp as the light source, and expose with an exposure dose of 1000 mJ/cm 2 (g-ray, h-ray, i-ray) without intervening the light shield. . The transmittance at a wavelength of 436 nm was measured again in the same manner as for the glass substrate having the obtained exposed film. By calculating the transmittance difference (ΔT 436 nm ) of the film before and after exposure, the light resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. A: ΔT 436 nm <3% B: 3% ≦ ΔT 436 nm ≦ 5% C: 5% < ΔT 436 nm .

<低溫硬化性> 使用各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁形成用樹脂組成物,將最後的加熱條件變更為空氣中、100℃下、60分鐘,除此以外,以相同的方式形成隔壁。對於所獲得的帶隔壁的基板,針對由格子狀的隔離包圍的畫素部分,將1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯作為墨水,使用噴墨塗佈裝置(英捷特蘭博(InkjetLabo),群集科技(Cluster Technology)(股)製造),進行噴墨塗佈。其後,在1小時後、3小時後對畫素內進行觀察,藉由下述基準來評價隔壁的低溫硬化性。越無向鄰接畫素的滲出,則表示隔壁的低溫硬化性越優異。 A:自噴墨塗佈起3小時後,亦未見墨水向鄰接畫素的滲出 B:自噴墨塗佈起1小時後,未見墨水向鄰接畫素的浸出,但3小時後可見浸出 C:剛剛噴墨塗佈後,即刻可見墨水向鄰接畫素的滲出。 <Low temperature hardening> The partition wall formation resin composition used in each Example and Comparative Example was used, and the partition walls were formed in the same manner except that the final heating conditions were changed to 100° C. and 60 minutes in air. For the obtained substrate with partition walls, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate was used as the ink for the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-like partitions, and an inkjet coating device (InkjetLabo) was used. , manufactured by Cluster Technology (Co., Ltd.), for inkjet coating. Thereafter, the inside of the pixel was observed after 1 hour and 3 hours, and the low-temperature curability of the partition walls was evaluated based on the following criteria. The less bleeding into adjacent pixels, the better the low-temperature curability of the partition wall is. A: 3 hours after inkjet application, no bleeding of ink into adjacent pixels was seen. B: No leaching of ink into adjacent pixels was observed 1 hour after inkjet application, but leaching was visible after 3 hours. C: Immediately after inkjet coating, ink bleeding into adjacent pixels is visible.

<錐角> 於各實施例及比較例中,使用光學顯微鏡(FE-SEM(S-4800);日立製作所(股)製造),以加速電壓3.0 kV觀測畫素形成前的帶隔壁的基板的任意的剖面,測定錐角。 <Taper angle> In each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, an optical microscope (FE-SEM (S-4800); manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) was used to observe an arbitrary cross-section of the substrate with partition walls before pixel formation at an accelerating voltage of 3.0 kV. Determine the cone angle.

<保存穩定性> 關於各實施例及比較例中使用的隔壁形成用樹脂組成物,於自製備起於25℃下保管7天後、及保管30天後,旋轉塗佈於玻璃基板上進行評價,根據塗膜的狀態,根據下述基準評價保存穩定性。 A:於25℃下保管7天後、及於25℃下保管30天後進行的評價中,於旋轉塗佈後未產生凝聚物 B:於25℃下保管7天後進行的評價中,於旋轉塗佈後未產生凝聚物,但於25℃下保管30天後進行的評價中,於旋轉塗佈後產生了凝聚物 C:於25℃下保管7天後進行的評價中,於旋轉塗佈後產生了凝聚物 <亮度> 將搭載有市售的LED背光(峰值波長465 nm)的面狀發光裝置作為光源,以畫素部成為光源側的方式,設置藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板。於所述面狀發光裝置中流通30 mA的電流而點亮LED元件,使用分光放射亮度計(CS-1000,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)公司製造),測定基於CIE1931標準的亮度(單位:cd/cm 2),作為初始亮度。其中,亮度的評價是藉由將比較例7的初始亮度作為標準100的相對值進行。 另外,於室溫(23℃)下,於將LED元件點亮48小時後,同樣地測定亮度,評價亮度的經時變化。其中,亮度的評價是藉由將比較例4的初始亮度作為標準100的相對值進行。 <Storage Stability> The resin composition for partition wall formation used in each Example and Comparative Example was evaluated by spin coating on a glass substrate after storage at 25°C for 7 days and 30 days from preparation. , depending on the state of the coating film, the storage stability was evaluated according to the following criteria. A: In the evaluation performed after storage at 25°C for 7 days and after storage at 25°C for 30 days, no aggregation was generated after spin coating. B: In the evaluation performed after storage at 25°C for 7 days, the result was No aggregates were generated after spin coating, but in the evaluation conducted after storage at 25°C for 30 days, aggregates were generated after spin coating. C: In the evaluation conducted after storage at 25°C for 7 days, the results showed that aggregates were generated after spin coating. Condensation was generated behind the cloth <Brightness> A planar light-emitting device equipped with a commercially available LED backlight (peak wavelength 465 nm) was used as a light source, and the pixel portion was placed on the light source side. According to each example and comparative example The obtained substrate with partition walls. A current of 30 mA was passed through the planar light-emitting device to light up the LED element, and a spectroradiometer (CS-1000, manufactured by Konica Minolta) was used to measure the brightness (unit) based on the CIE1931 standard. : cd/cm 2 ), as the initial brightness. Among them, the brightness was evaluated by using the initial brightness of Comparative Example 7 as a relative value to the standard 100. In addition, after lighting the LED element at room temperature (23° C.) for 48 hours, the brightness was measured in the same manner to evaluate changes in brightness over time. Among them, the brightness was evaluated by using the initial brightness of Comparative Example 4 as a relative value to the standard 100.

<顏色特性> 於市售的白色反射板上,以將畫素配置於白色反射板側的方式設置藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板。使用分光測色計(CM-2600d,柯尼卡美能達(Konica Minolta)公司製造,測定直徑ψ8 mm),自帶隔壁的基板的基底基板側照射光,測定包含正反射光的光譜。 <Color characteristics> The substrate with partition walls obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples was placed on a commercially available white reflective plate so that the pixels were arranged on the white reflective plate side. Using a spectrophotometer (CM-2600d, manufactured by Konica Minolta, measuring diameter ψ8 mm), light was irradiated from the base substrate side of the substrate with the partition wall, and the spectrum including regular reflected light was measured.

幾乎可再現自然界的顏色的顏色標準BT.2020所定義的色域將色度圖中所示的光譜軌跡上的紅、綠及藍規定為三原色,紅、綠及藍的波長分別相當於630 nm、532 nm及467 nm。根據所獲得的反射光譜的470 nm、530 nm及630 nm的三個波長的反射率(R),藉由以下基準來評價畫素的發光色。 A:R 530/(R 630+R 530+R 470)≧0.60 B:0.55≦R 530/(R 630+R 530+R 470)<0.60 C:R 530/(R 630+R 530+R 470)<0.55。 The color gamut defined by the color standard BT.2020, which can almost reproduce the colors of nature, stipulates red, green and blue on the spectral locus shown in the chromaticity diagram as the three primary colors. The wavelengths of red, green and blue are respectively equivalent to 630 nm. , 532 nm and 467 nm. Based on the reflectance (R) of the three wavelengths of 470 nm, 530 nm and 630 nm of the obtained reflection spectrum, the luminescent color of the pixel is evaluated according to the following criteria. A: R 530 / (R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ) ≧ 0.60 B: 0.55 ≦ R 530 / ( R 630 + R 530 + R 470 ) < 0.60 C: R 530 / ( R 630 + R 530 + R 470 )<0.55.

<顯示特性> 基於以下基準來評價將藉由各實施例及比較例而獲得的帶隔壁的基板與有機EL元件組合而製作的顯示裝置的顯示特性。 A:綠色顯示非常鮮豔,為鮮明、對比度優異的顯示裝置。 B:雖然色彩看起來稍微不自然,但為無問題的顯示裝置。 <Display characteristics> The display characteristics of the display device produced by combining the substrate with barrier ribs obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples and the organic EL element were evaluated based on the following criteria. A: The green display is very bright, and it is a display device with sharp and excellent contrast. B: Although the colors look slightly unnatural, this is a problem-free display device.

<混色> 於藉由各實施例及比較例所獲得的形成畫素前的帶隔壁的基板中,於由格子狀的隔壁包圍的畫素部分的一部分,使用噴墨法塗佈顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2),於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素。其後,於由格子狀的隔壁包圍的畫素部分中,於塗佈顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)的區域的相鄰區域,使用噴墨法塗佈顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-3),於100℃下乾燥30分鐘,形成厚度5.0 μm的畫素。 <Color Mixing> In the substrate with partition walls before forming pixels obtained in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, a color-converting luminescent material composition ( CL-2), dried at 100°C for 30 minutes to form a pixel with a thickness of 5.0 μm. Thereafter, in the pixel portion surrounded by the grid-like partition walls, the color-converting luminescent material composition (CL-2) is applied using an inkjet method in an area adjacent to the area where the color-converting luminescent material composition (CL-2) is applied. CL-3), dried at 100°C for 30 minutes to form a pixel with a thickness of 5.0 μm.

另一方面,製作具有與由格子狀的隔壁包圍的畫素部分相同的寬度的藍色有機EL單元,使所述帶隔壁的基板與藍色有機EL單元相向,藉由密封劑進行貼合,獲得圖8所示的結構的顯示裝置。On the other hand, a blue organic EL unit having the same width as the pixel portion surrounded by lattice-shaped partition walls is produced, and the substrate with the partition walls and the blue organic EL unit are opposed to each other, and are bonded together with a sealant. A display device having the structure shown in Fig. 8 is obtained.

於圖8中的藍色有機EL單元7中,於僅使在由顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)形成的畫素3(CL-2)的正下方貼合的藍色有機EL單元點亮的狀態下,針對由顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-3)形成的畫素3(CL-3)部分,使用顯微分光光度計LVmicro-V(蘭達維肖恩(Lambda Vision)(股)製造),測定波長630 nm下的吸光強度A(630 nm)。吸光強度A(630 nm)的值越小,表示越不易發生混色。藉由下述判定基準來判定混色。 A:A(630 nm)<0.01 B:0.01≦A(630 nm)≦0.5 C:0.5<A(630 nm)。 In the blue organic EL unit 7 in FIG. 8 , the blue organic EL unit is bonded only directly below the pixel 3 (CL-2) formed of the color conversion luminescent material composition (CL-2). In the lit state, a microspectrophotometer LVmicro-V (Lambda Vision) is used for the pixel 3 (CL-3) portion formed by the color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-3). (manufactured by Co., Ltd.), measure the absorbance intensity A (630 nm) at a wavelength of 630 nm. The smaller the value of the absorbance intensity A (630 nm), the less likely color mixing will occur. Color mixture is judged based on the following criteria. A:A(630 nm)<0.01 B: 0.01≦A (630 nm)≦0.5 C: 0.5<A (630 nm).

將各實施例及比較例評價結果示於表5~表6中。The evaluation results of each Example and Comparative Example are shown in Tables 5 and 6.

[表5] [表5] 耐裂紋性 解析度 (μm) 反射率(%) OD值 加熱步驟後的色度 加熱步驟前後的Δb* 低溫加熱前後的Δb* 耐光性 低溫硬化性 錐角(°) 保存穩定性 亮度(相對值) 顏色特性 顯示特性 混色 最小反射率 最大反射率 最小OD值 最大OD值 L* a* b* 初始 48小時後 實施例28 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 165 162 B B A 實施例29 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 159 155 B B A 實施例30 ≧20 μm 30 27 35 1.6 2.4 63 -1.0 0.5 15.0 A B A 90 A 159 155 B B A 實施例31 ≧20 μm 30 30 38 1.6 2.4 63 -3.9 -1.0 15.0 A B A 85 A 159 155 B B A 實施例32 ≧20 μm 30 27 34 1.6 2.4 63 -0.5 0.4 15.0 A B A 92 B 155 151 B B A 實施例33 ≧20 μm 30 31 38 1.5 2.4 63 -2.0 -3.2 15.0 A B A 79 A 160 157 B B A 實施例34 ≧20 μm 30 25 34 1.7 2.4 60 -3.7 -4.2 15.0 A B A 92 A 152 148 B B A 實施例35 ≧20 μm 30 21 29 1.8 2.4 57 -4.9 -4.9 15.0 A B A 95 A 149 146 B B A 實施例36 ≧20 μm 30 15 25 2.3 2.4 48 -7.0 -8.2 15.0 A B A 111 A 134 129 C B A 實施例37 ≧20 μm 30 31 38 1.6 2.4 65 -2.7 -0.1 15.0 A B A 88 A 161 159 B B A 實施例38 ≧20 μm 30 32 42 1.5 2.4 68 -2.1 2.0 15.0 A B A 89 A 164 162 B B A 實施例39 ≧20 μm 30 32 50 1.3 2.4 72 -0.8 12.0 15.0 A B A 89 A 167 164 C B A 實施例40 ≧20 μm 30 35 37 1.6 2.4 67 -4.5 -3.0 12.5 B B A 87 A 161 158 B B A 實施例41 ≧20 μm 30 27 29 1.8 2.8 55 -6.0 -7.5 8.0 C B A 111 A 134 129 C B A 實施例42 ≧20 μm 50 35 37 1.6 2.4 67 -4.5 -5.0 10.5 C B A 105 A 161 158 B B A 實施例43 ≧20 μm 30 28 36 1.6 3.0 59 -3.3 4.5 20.0 A B A 91 A 155 152 B B A [Table 5] [Table 5] Crack resistance Resolution (μm) Reflectivity(%) OD value Color after heating step Δb* before and after heating step Δb* before and after low temperature heating Lightfastness Low temperature hardenability Cone angle (°) Storage stability Brightness (relative value) color properties display properties Mixed colors minimum reflectivity maximum reflectivity Minimum OD value Maximum OD value L* a* b* initial 48 hours later Example 28 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 165 162 B B A Example 29 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 159 155 B B A Example 30 ≧20 μm 30 27 35 1.6 2.4 63 -1.0 0.5 15.0 A B A 90 A 159 155 B B A Example 31 ≧20 μm 30 30 38 1.6 2.4 63 -3.9 -1.0 15.0 A B A 85 A 159 155 B B A Example 32 ≧20 μm 30 27 34 1.6 2.4 63 -0.5 0.4 15.0 A B A 92 B 155 151 B B A Example 33 ≧20 μm 30 31 38 1.5 2.4 63 -2.0 -3.2 15.0 A B A 79 A 160 157 B B A Example 34 ≧20 μm 30 25 34 1.7 2.4 60 -3.7 -4.2 15.0 A B A 92 A 152 148 B B A Example 35 ≧20 μm 30 twenty one 29 1.8 2.4 57 -4.9 -4.9 15.0 A B A 95 A 149 146 B B A Example 36 ≧20 μm 30 15 25 2.3 2.4 48 -7.0 -8.2 15.0 A B A 111 A 134 129 C B A Example 37 ≧20 μm 30 31 38 1.6 2.4 65 -2.7 -0.1 15.0 A B A 88 A 161 159 B B A Example 38 ≧20 μm 30 32 42 1.5 2.4 68 -2.1 2.0 15.0 A B A 89 A 164 162 B B A Example 39 ≧20 μm 30 32 50 1.3 2.4 72 -0.8 12.0 15.0 A B A 89 A 167 164 C B A Example 40 ≧20 μm 30 35 37 1.6 2.4 67 -4.5 -3.0 12.5 B B A 87 A 161 158 B B A Example 41 ≧20 μm 30 27 29 1.8 2.8 55 -6.0 -7.5 8.0 C B A 111 A 134 129 C B A Example 42 ≧20 μm 50 35 37 1.6 2.4 67 -4.5 -5.0 10.5 C B A 105 A 161 158 B B A Example 43 ≧20 μm 30 28 36 1.6 3.0 59 -3.3 4.5 20.0 A B A 91 A 155 152 B B A

[表6] [表6] 耐裂紋性 解析度 (μm) 反射率(%) OD值 加熱步驟後的色度 加熱步驟前後的Δb* 低溫加熱前後的Δb* 耐光性 低溫硬化性 錐角 (°) 保存穩定性 亮度(相對值) 顏色特性 顯示特性 混色 最小反射率 最大反射率 最小OD值 最大OD值 L* a* b* 初始 48小時後 實施例44 ≧20 μm 30 25 36 1.6 3.5 55 -3.3 14.5 30.0 A B A 92 B 154 151 C B A 實施例45 ≧20 μm 30 33 37 1.6 2.2 67 -3.0 -3.0 12.5 A B A 87 A 160 156 B B A 實施例46 ≧20 μm 30 34 44 1.6 1.7 68 -3.0 -10.5 5.0 A B A 89 A 161 157 C B A 實施例47 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -3.5 12.0 C B A 87 A 159 155 B B A 實施例48 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 C 159 155 B B A 實施例49 ≧25 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B C 87 A 159 155 B B A 實施例50 ≧20 μm 30 29 59 0.8 2.4 79 -1.5 20.0 15.00 A B A 86 A 165 157 C B B 實施例51 ≧20 μm 30 25 42 1.4 2.4 66 -5.0 5.0 15.00 A B A 105 C 159 155 B B B 實施例52 ≧20 μm 30 25 42 1.4 2.4 66 -15.0 4.5 15.00 A B A 90 A 159 155 C B A 實施例53 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A A A 87 A 159 155 B B A 實施例54 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.7 2.5 61 -3.0 1.0 15.0 A C A 95 A 159 155 B B A 實施例55 ≧20 μm 20 30 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B C 106 B 159 155 B B A 實施例56 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 148 146 B A A 實施例57 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 148 146 A B A 比較例4 ≧15 μm 20 4 7 1.5 1.6 25 3.0 3.0 10.0 B B A 90 A 100 90 B B C 比較例5 ≧20 μm 30 29 50 1.4 1.5 72 -3.3 -15.0 0.50 C B A 88 A 161 157 C B B 比較例6 ≧20 μm 50 35 45 1.5 2.0 67 3.5 -2.5 0.20 C B A 120 A 150 145 B B A [Table 6] [Table 6] Crack resistance Resolution (μm) Reflectivity(%) OD value Color after heating step Δb* before and after heating step Δb* before and after low temperature heating Lightfastness Low temperature hardenability Cone angle (°) Storage stability Brightness (relative value) color properties display properties Mixed colors minimum reflectivity maximum reflectivity Minimum OD value Maximum OD value L* a* b* initial 48 hours later Example 44 ≧20 μm 30 25 36 1.6 3.5 55 -3.3 14.5 30.0 A B A 92 B 154 151 C B A Example 45 ≧20 μm 30 33 37 1.6 2.2 67 -3.0 -3.0 12.5 A B A 87 A 160 156 B B A Example 46 ≧20 μm 30 34 44 1.6 1.7 68 -3.0 -10.5 5.0 A B A 89 A 161 157 C B A Example 47 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -3.5 12.0 C B A 87 A 159 155 B B A Example 48 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 C 159 155 B B A Example 49 ≧25 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B C 87 A 159 155 B B A Example 50 ≧20 μm 30 29 59 0.8 2.4 79 -1.5 20.0 15.00 A B A 86 A 165 157 C B B Example 51 ≧20 μm 30 25 42 1.4 2.4 66 -5.0 5.0 15.00 A B A 105 C 159 155 B B B Example 52 ≧20 μm 30 25 42 1.4 2.4 66 -15.0 4.5 15.00 A B A 90 A 159 155 C B A Example 53 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A A A 87 A 159 155 B B A Example 54 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.7 2.5 61 -3.0 1.0 15.0 A C A 95 A 159 155 B B A Example 55 ≧20 μm 20 30 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B C 106 B 159 155 B B A Example 56 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 148 146 B A A Example 57 ≧20 μm 30 29 37 1.6 2.4 63 -3.3 -0.5 15.0 A B A 87 A 148 146 A B A Comparative example 4 ≧15 μm 20 4 7 1.5 1.6 25 3.0 3.0 10.0 B B A 90 A 100 90 B B C Comparative example 5 ≧20 μm 30 29 50 1.4 1.5 72 -3.3 -15.0 0.50 C B A 88 A 161 157 C B B Comparative example 6 ≧20 μm 50 35 45 1.5 2.0 67 3.5 -2.5 0.20 C B A 120 A 150 145 B B A

1:基底基板 2:隔壁 3:畫素 3(CL-2):由顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-2)形成的畫素 3(CL-3):由顏色變換發光材料組成物(CL-3)形成的畫素 4:遮光隔壁 5:彩色濾光片 6:選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元及微型LED單元中的發光光源 7:藍色有機EL單元 H:隔壁的厚度 L:隔壁的寬度 θ:錐角 1: Base substrate 2:next door 3: Pixel 3 (CL-2): Pixels formed from color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-2) 3 (CL-3): Pixels formed from color-changing luminescent material composition (CL-3) 4: Blackout next door 5: Color filter 6: Light source selected from organic EL unit, mini LED unit and micro LED unit 7: Blue organic EL unit H: Thickness of partition wall L: width of next door θ: cone angle

圖1是表示具有經圖案形成的隔壁的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖2是表示具有經圖案形成的隔壁及含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖3是表示具有經圖案形成的隔壁、顏色變換發光材料及遮光隔壁的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖4是表示具有經圖案形成的隔壁、顏色變換發光材料及彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖5是表示具有經圖案形成的隔壁、顏色變換發光材料、遮光隔壁及彩色濾光片的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖6是表示具有含有經圖案形成的隔壁以及選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元、微型LED單元中的發光光源的畫素的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖7是表示具有含有經圖案形成的隔壁、顏色變換發光材料以及選自有機EL單元、迷你LED單元、微型LED單元中的發光光源的畫素的本發明的帶隔壁的基板的一態樣的剖面圖。 圖8是表示實施例中用於混色評價的顯示裝置的結構的剖面圖。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of a substrate with partition walls of the present invention having patterned partition walls. 2 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an aspect of a substrate with barrier ribs of the present invention having patterned barrier ribs and pixels containing a color-converting luminescent material. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an aspect of the substrate with barrier ribs of the present invention having patterned barrier ribs, a color-converting luminescent material, and light-shielding barrier ribs. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having patterned partition walls, a color-converting luminescent material, and a color filter. 5 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having patterned partition walls, a color-converting luminescent material, a light-shielding partition wall, and a color filter. 6 is a cross-sectional view showing an aspect of a substrate with partition walls of the present invention having pixels including patterned partition walls and a light emitting source selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit, and a micro LED unit. 7 shows an aspect of the substrate with partition walls of the present invention having pixels including patterned partition walls, a color-converting luminescent material, and a light source selected from an organic EL unit, a mini LED unit, and a micro LED unit. Sectional view. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of a display device used for color mixture evaluation in the embodiment.

1:基底基板 1: Base substrate

2:隔壁 2:next door

3:畫素 3: Pixel

4:遮光隔壁 4: Blackout next door

5:彩色濾光片 5: Color filter

Claims (20)

一種樹脂組成物,含有樹脂、感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物及遮光顏料,所述樹脂組成物中,所述遮光顏料含有藍色顏料及紫色顏料。A resin composition contains a resin, a photosensitizer, a white pigment, a yellow precursor compound and a light-shielding pigment. In the resin composition, the light-shielding pigment contains a blue pigment and a purple pigment. 如請求項1所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the white pigment is treated with at least one selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 and ZrO 2 . 如請求項1所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行處理。 The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the white pigment is treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . 如請求項1所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述藍色顏料與紫色顏料的重量比為20/80~80/20。The resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the weight ratio of the blue pigment to the purple pigment is 20/80 to 80/20. 一種樹脂組成物,含有感光劑、白色顏料、黃色前驅物化合物,所述樹脂組成物中,所述白色顏料藉由選自由SiO 2及Al 2O 3所組成的群組中的至少一種及ZrO 2進行處理。 A resin composition containing a photosensitizer, a white pigment, and a yellow precursor compound. In the resin composition, the white pigment is formed by at least one selected from the group consisting of SiO 2 and Al 2 O 3 and ZrO 2 for processing. 如請求項5所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述白色顏料藉由ZrO 2、Al 2O 3及SiO 2進行處理。 The resin composition according to claim 5, wherein the white pigment is treated with ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 and SiO 2 . 如請求項5所述的樹脂組成物,更含有遮光顏料。The resin composition according to claim 5 further contains a light-shielding pigment. 如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物,其中,所述黃色前驅物化合物為有機銀化合物。The resin composition according to claim 1 or 5, wherein the yellow precursor compound is an organic silver compound. 如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物,含有還原劑。The resin composition according to claim 1 or 5, containing a reducing agent. 如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物,含有磷酸聚酯。The resin composition according to claim 1 or 5, containing phosphoric acid polyester. 一種遮光膜,是使如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物硬化而成。A light-shielding film obtained by hardening the resin composition according to claim 1 or 5. 一種遮光膜的製造方法,依次包括:製膜步驟,於基底基板上塗佈如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物並乾燥而獲得乾燥膜;曝光步驟,對獲得的乾燥膜進行圖案曝光;顯影步驟,溶解去除曝光後的乾燥膜中可溶於顯影液的部分;以及加熱步驟,藉由對顯影後的乾燥膜進行加熱而使其硬化,所述遮光膜的製造方法中,於所述加熱步驟中,藉由將顯影後的乾燥膜於100℃以上且250℃以下的溫度下進行加熱,使利用鏡面反射方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的b*值上升10以上。A method for manufacturing a light-shielding film, which sequentially includes: a film-making step, coating the resin composition as described in claim 1 or 5 on a base substrate and drying to obtain a dry film; and an exposure step, subjecting the obtained dry film to pattern exposure. ; The developing step is to dissolve and remove the part of the exposed dry film that is soluble in the developer; and the heating step is to harden the developed dry film by heating it. In the manufacturing method of the light-shielding film, In the heating step, the b* value per 10 μm of film thickness measured by the specular reflection method is increased by more than 10 by heating the developed dry film at a temperature of 100°C or more and 250°C or less. 一種帶隔壁的基板,藉由如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中, 波長區域430 nm~630 nm中的每10 μm厚度的反射率為20%~50%的範圍內,並且 波長區域430 nm~630 nm的範圍內的每10 μm厚度的光學密度值為1.5~3.0的範圍內。 A substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate using the resin composition according to claim 1 or 5, wherein the substrate with partition walls, The reflectivity per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range 430 nm to 630 nm is within the range of 20% to 50%, and The optical density value per 10 μm thickness in the wavelength range of 430 nm to 630 nm is in the range of 1.5 to 3.0. 一種帶隔壁的基板,藉由如請求項1或5所述的樹脂組成物而於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中, 利用鏡面反射方式測定的每10 μm膜厚的L*值為50~70,a*值為-5.0~5.0,b*值為-5.0~5.0。 A substrate with partition walls having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate using the resin composition according to claim 1 or 5, wherein the substrate with partition walls, The L* value per 10 μm film thickness measured using the specular reflection method is 50 to 70, the a* value is -5.0 to 5.0, and the b* value is -5.0 to 5.0. 一種帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中, 所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 A substrate with partition walls, having (A-1) patterned partition walls on a base substrate, wherein the substrate with partition walls, The patterned partition walls contain resin, white pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment, silver oxide and/or silver particles. 如請求項13所述的帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中, 所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 The substrate with partition walls according to claim 13, having (A-1) patterned partition walls on the base substrate, wherein the substrate with partition walls, The patterned partition walls contain resin, white pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment, silver oxide and/or silver particles. 如請求項14所述的帶隔壁的基板,於基底基板上具有(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁,所述帶隔壁的基板中, 所述經圖案形成的隔壁含有樹脂、白色顏料、藍色顏料、紫色顏料、氧化銀及/或銀粒子。 The substrate with partition walls according to claim 14, having (A-1) patterned partition walls on the base substrate, wherein the substrate with partition walls, The patterned partition walls contain resin, white pigment, blue pigment, purple pigment, silver oxide and/or silver particles. 如請求項13所述的帶隔壁的基板,更具有由所述(A-1)經圖案形成的隔壁隔開而排列的(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層。The substrate with barrier ribs according to claim 13, further comprising (B) a pixel layer containing a color-converting luminescent material arranged and separated by the patterned barrier ribs (A-1). 如請求項18所述的帶隔壁的基板,其中於所述基底基板與(B)含有顏色變換發光材料的畫素層之間更具有厚度1 μm~5 μm的彩色濾光片。The substrate with partition walls according to claim 18, wherein a color filter with a thickness of 1 μm to 5 μm is further provided between the base substrate and (B) the pixel layer containing a color-changing luminescent material. 一種顯示裝置,包括:如請求項13所述的帶隔壁的基板;以及選自液晶單元、有機電致發光單元、迷你發光二極體單元及微型發光二極體單元中的發光光源。A display device, comprising: a substrate with partition walls as described in claim 13; and a light source selected from the group consisting of a liquid crystal unit, an organic electroluminescence unit, a mini light-emitting diode unit and a micro-light-emitting diode unit.
TW112104891A 2022-02-16 2023-02-13 Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device TW202340381A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022021919 2022-02-16
JP2022-021919 2022-02-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202340381A true TW202340381A (en) 2023-10-16

Family

ID=87578608

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112104891A TW202340381A (en) 2022-02-16 2023-02-13 Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202340381A (en)
WO (1) WO2023157713A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102004037272B4 (en) * 2004-07-31 2007-10-04 Kronos International, Inc. Process for the aftertreatment of titanium dioxide pigments
JP2017068007A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-06 三洋化成工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition
JP2021005083A (en) * 2019-06-25 2021-01-14 東レ株式会社 Yellow color filter and substrate with the same
JP6885518B1 (en) * 2019-07-22 2021-06-16 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, partition wall and image display device
JP2021081724A (en) * 2019-11-20 2021-05-27 東友ファインケム株式会社Dongwoo Fine−Chem Co., Ltd. Photosensitive resin composition, color conversion pixel partition structure produced using the same, and display device comprising the same
KR20220161259A (en) * 2020-03-30 2022-12-06 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Resin composition, light shielding film, and substrate on which barrier ribs are formed

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2023157713A1 (en) 2023-08-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI816371B (en) Substrate and display device with partition wall
TWI808137B (en) Negative photosensitive coloring composition, cured film and manufacturing method thereof, patterned processed substrate, substrate with partition walls, display device, touch panel
JP2016072246A (en) Support substrate for display, color filter using the same and method of manufacturing the same, organic el element and method of manufacturing the same, and flexible organic el display
JP2021161401A (en) Resin composition, light blocking film, method for producing light blocking film, and substrate with partition
CN109563404A (en) Photosensitive composition, color conversion medium, optical device and preparation method thereof
JP2021005083A (en) Yellow color filter and substrate with the same
JP7115635B2 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partition
TW202340381A (en) Resin composition, light-blocking film, method for producing light-blocking film, substrate having partitioning wall attached thereto, and display device
JP2023119574A (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, method for manufacturing light-shielding film, substrate with partition wall and display device
JP2021162860A (en) Negative type photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, method for producing cured film, substrate with partition wall, and image display device
JP2022150305A (en) Resin composition, ultraviolet absorption layer, and substrate with ultraviolet absorption layer
WO2023048016A1 (en) Resin composition, light-shielding film, and substrate with partitioning wall
KR20220137867A (en) Method for manufacturing wavelength conversion substrate, wavelength conversion substrate, and display
TW202238269A (en) Organic el display device
KR20240058111A (en) Substrate with resin composition, light shielding film, and partition wall
JP2023041121A (en) Colored resin composition, colored film and organic EL display device
JP2023151257A (en) Phosphor dispersion, and phosphor photosensitive composition using the same